JP5303204B2 - Electronic money system - Google Patents

Abstract

<P>PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide an electronic money system capable of inducing a user to use a point system. <P>SOLUTION: If the number of residual balls after executing a reduction process (S601-S604) is a fraction number of balls less than a minimum exchange number for a special prize (YES in S611), a POS terminal receives an electronic money medium (S612) and transmits a fraction point exchange request indicating an electronic money medium ID of the electronic money medium, the number of residual balls and a dispensing rate to a point management device (S614). The point management device exchanges the number of residual balls with a fraction ball point based on the point exchange rate set for every dispensing rate (S652), and adds the exchanged fraction ball point to the fraction point associated with the electronic money medium ID (S653), so that the fraction ball point is usable by adding it to a charge point, a use point and an affiliated store point associated with the electronic money medium ID. <P>COPYRIGHT: (C)2010,JPO&amp;INPIT

Description

  The present invention provides points according to the charge of electronic money to an electronic money medium that can be charged with electronic money and / or the use of the electronic money charged to the electronic money medium. The present invention relates to an electronic money system that provides a privilege corresponding to a predetermined number of points to a user who owns the electronic money medium, on the condition that a certain point has reached a predetermined number of points.

  Conventionally, as shown in Patent Document 1, in an electronic money server, electronic money is charged to an electronic money card which is an example of an electronic money medium owned by a user, or electronic money charged to the electronic money card is used. If the point is given, and the point has reached a predetermined number of points, as an example of providing a privilege to the user, electronic money corresponding to the predetermined number of points is charged to the electronic money card A point system is known.

JP 2005-11116 A (paragraphs 0136,0137)

  However, in the point system shown in Patent Document 1, since only points according to the charge and use of electronic money are given, there are few opportunities to increase points, and there is a problem that the user cannot be encouraged to use the point system. there were.

  The present invention has been made based on such a background, and an object of the present invention is to provide an electronic money system that can prompt the user to use the point system.

  The present invention adopts the following means in order to solve the above problems. The reference numerals used in the description of the best mode for carrying out the invention and the drawings to be described later are added in parentheses for reference, but the constituent elements of the present invention are not limited to those added.

First, the invention according to claim 1 corresponds to charging of electronic money to an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) owned by a user and / or use of electronic money charged to the electronic money medium. A point granting unit (point management device 90) for granting points, and a user who owns the electronic money medium on condition that the points given to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points An electronic money system (1) including privilege providing means (point management device 90) for performing a privilege providing process for providing a privilege according to a predetermined number of points (exchange with goods or electronic money, application for lottery) ) And a reference number of game media, which is the number of game media necessary for exchanging with a specific prize (for example, a special prize or a general prize with the smallest number of exchanged balls). Within the range of the reference game medium number setting means (the point management device 90) and the number of game media (acquired balls) acquired by the user by the game, the reference game medium number setting means satisfies the reference game medium number set by the reference game medium number setting means. Point conversion means (point management device 90) for converting the remaining number of remaining game media (number of remaining balls) into the points corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and the points converted by the point conversion means as the electronic money medium upper limit setting means for setting an upper limit value of the point given to a predetermined time period point addition processing means for performing point addition processing for adding a point that is granted and (point management device 90), the pre-Symbol point giving means and (point management device 90), further wherein the point awarding means, the range of the upper limit value set by said upper limit setting means In while imparting said point, said point conversion means is an electronic money system and converting the point without being limited to the upper limit.
According to this, it is possible to set the reference number of game media necessary for exchanging with a specific prize, and within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media less than the reference number of game media Since the converted points are converted into points corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and the converted points are added to the points assigned to the electronic money medium, the user can use the point system. Can do. Moreover, since conversion to points is limited to the number of remaining game media that does not satisfy the preset reference game media count, conversion to excessive points can be prevented.
In addition, since the conversion from the number of remaining game media to points is performed without being limited to the upper limit value of point grant set for points awarded according to the charge and / or use of electronic money, Even a user who has reached the upper limit of point grant by charging and / or using money is not limited to the conversion of the number of remaining game media into points.

Further, the invention according to claim 2 corresponds to charging of electronic money to an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) owned by a user and / or use of electronic money charged to the electronic money medium. A point granting unit (point management device 90) for granting points, and a user who owns the electronic money medium on condition that the points given to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points An electronic money system (1) including privilege providing means (point management device 90) for performing a privilege providing process for providing a privilege according to a predetermined number of points (exchange with goods or electronic money, application for lottery) ) And a reference number of game media, which is the number of game media necessary for exchanging with a specific prize (for example, a special prize or a general prize with the smallest number of exchanged balls). Within the range of the reference game medium number setting means (the point management device 90) and the number of game media (acquired balls) acquired by the user by the game, the reference game medium number setting means satisfies the reference game medium number set by the reference game medium number setting means. Point conversion means (point management device 90) for converting the remaining number of remaining game media (number of remaining balls) into the points corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and the points converted by the point conversion means as the electronic money medium Point addition processing means (point management device 90) for performing point addition processing for adding to the points given to the privilege provision means (point management device 90), as the privilege provision processing, The electronic money system performs a process for issuing the electronic money according to the predetermined number of points, and the electronic money system To the setting means (point management device 90) for receiving the input for setting the privilege issue condition for issuing the privilege from the operator and setting the privilege issue condition in advance, and the operating organization (card company) of the privilege providing means From the first deposit account (gift account of the financial institution server 100B) that is provided and accepts the operator's operation and receives the privilege issuance funds without receiving the operator's operation, the second deposit of the operation organization A financial institution server of the financial institution in which the first deposit account is provided for a fund transfer request that is information requesting to transfer funds corresponding to the privileged electronic money to an account (settlement account of the financial institution server 100B) And (100B) a fund transfer request transmitting means (electronic money server 80) for transmitting the benefit transfer means. For the electronic money medium possessed by the user who satisfies the set privilege issue condition, on the condition that the fund transfer completion notification indicating that the fund transfer for the fund transfer request transmitted by the stage is completed is received The electronic money system is characterized by issuing the privileged electronic money.
According to this, it is possible to set the reference number of game media necessary for exchanging with a specific prize, and within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media less than the reference number of game media Since the converted points are converted into points corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and the converted points are added to the points assigned to the electronic money medium, the user can use the point system. Can do. Moreover, since conversion to points is limited to the number of remaining game media that does not satisfy the preset reference game media count, conversion to excessive points can be prevented.
In addition, since electronic money is issued in exchange for points given to the electronic money medium, user convenience can be improved.
An input for setting the privilege issue condition is received from the operator, the privilege issue condition is set in advance, and the account for the privilege issue means is received without receiving the operator's operation. A financial institution in which a fund transfer request, which is information requesting transfer of funds corresponding to privileged electronic money, from a first deposit account to a second deposit account of an operating organization is provided with the first deposit account Possessed by a user who satisfies a preset privilege issuance condition on the condition that a fund transfer completion notification indicating that the transfer of funds in response to the transmitted funds transfer request has been completed is received. Special electronic money is issued to the recording medium. For this reason, unless the funds are transferred from the first deposit account in which the privilege issuance funds are transferred to the second deposit account, the privilege electronic money is not issued. However, it is possible to prevent the damage from expanding beyond the privilege issue funds deposited in the first deposit account.

Another invention, the an electronic money system (1), each lending rate to lend the game medium, the point conversion rate for converting the remaining game medium count (remaining piece count) to the point Point conversion rate setting means (a display 93 and an input device 94 of the point management device 90) to be set is further provided, and the point conversion means (point management device 90) sets the point conversion rate set by the point conversion rate setting means. The electronic money system is characterized in that the number of remaining game media is converted to the points based on the above.
According to this, the number of remaining game media is converted into points based on the point conversion rate set for each loan rate of game media, so that even if a game with a different loan rate is performed, even point conversion is performed. Can do.

Another invention, the an electronic money system (1), the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, the mobile phone 4) whether points granted to have reached the predetermined number of points Confirmation means (point management device 90) for performing confirmation processing for confirmation, and the predetermined number of points is reached on condition that the number of points given to the electronic money medium has reached the predetermined number of points. An electronic money system, further comprising: point arrival notification means (point management device 90) for performing notification processing for notifying the user of the fact that the user is present.
According to this, it is confirmed whether or not the points granted to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points necessary for receiving the benefits, and notification is made on the condition that the points have been reached. Therefore, it can be recognized that the benefit can be received at an appropriate timing for the user.

Another invention, the an electronic money system (1), the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, the mobile phone 4) point member for accepting point member registration for receiving the grant of the point for from the user Registration acceptance means (mobile phone 4, PC 5, point member terminal 50) and the potential that is a point given to the electronic money medium subject to point member registration on the condition that the point member registration has been accepted An electronic money system, further comprising point transfer processing means (point management device 90) for performing processing for transferring points as regular points of the electronic money medium.
According to this, when the point member registration is accepted, the latent points granted before the point member registration is accepted are transferred as regular points of the electronic money medium, and the user is disadvantageous depending on the timing of accepting the point member registration. Never become.

Another invention, the an electronic money system (1), the electronic money medium includes a recording medium to be issued to the user (the electronic money card 3), application of the point on said recording medium Point member registration for receiving the user from the user and point member registration receiving means (mobile phone 4, PC 5, point member terminal 50) for receiving user specifying information (attribute information) that can specify the user who performs the point member registration ) And user identification information reception determination means (point management device 90) for determining whether the same user identification information as the user identification information received by the point member registration reception means has already been received, The point member registration receiving means receives the same user specifying information by the user specifying information receiving determining means. On condition that it is determined that the accepted, an electronic money system is characterized by not accepting the point member registration.
According to this, since it is possible to eliminate duplicate point member registration by the same user, by performing point member registration on another person's recording medium, the points given to the other person's recording medium can be recorded by himself / herself. It is possible to prevent the act of adding to the points given to the medium.

Another invention, the an electronic money system (1), the electronic money medium includes a recording medium to be issued to the user (the electronic money card 3), a recording medium to recover said recording medium When the recording medium is collected by the collecting means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30) and the recording medium collecting means, the points given to the recording medium (use points, member store points, charge points, edge balls) Point presence / absence confirmation means (point management device 90) for confirming the presence / absence of a point) and the fact that the point has been confirmed by the point presence / absence confirmation means is notified to the user. And a point presence notification means (display 33 of electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30). It is over system.
According to this, when there is a point given to the recording medium to be collected by the recording medium collecting means, the fact is notified so that the user can recognize that the point is present and the recording medium is continued. Use can be promoted.
The invention according to claim 3 corresponds to charging of electronic money to an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) owned by a user and / or use of electronic money charged to the electronic money medium. A point granting unit (point management device 90) for granting points, and a user who owns the electronic money medium on condition that the points given to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points An electronic money system (1) including privilege providing means (point management device 90) for performing a privilege providing process for providing a privilege according to a predetermined number of points (exchange with goods or electronic money, application for lottery) ) And a reference number of game media, which is the number of game media necessary for exchanging with a specific prize (for example, a special prize or a general prize with the smallest number of exchanged balls). Within the range of the reference game medium number setting means (the point management device 90) and the number of game media (acquired balls) acquired by the user by the game, the reference game medium number setting means satisfies the reference game medium number set by the reference game medium number setting means. Point conversion means (point management device 90) for converting the remaining number of remaining game media (number of remaining balls) into the points corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and the points converted by the point conversion means as the electronic money medium Point addition processing means (point management device 90) for performing point addition processing for adding to points given to the electronic money medium , wherein the electronic money medium is a recording medium (electronic includes a money card 3), the electronic money system, a recording medium collecting means (electronic money card issuing harvester to recover the recording medium 0) and usable processing means (point management device 90) that performs processing for making the points assigned to the recording medium usable without invalidating the recording medium when the recording medium is collected by the recording medium collecting means. And an electronic money system.
According to this, it is possible to set the reference number of game media necessary for exchanging with a specific prize, and within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media less than the reference number of game media Since the converted points are converted into points corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and the converted points are added to the points assigned to the electronic money medium, the user can use the point system. Can do. Moreover, since conversion to points is limited to the number of remaining game media that does not satisfy the preset reference game media count, conversion to excessive points can be prevented.
Further, even if the recording medium is collected, the points given to the recording medium can be used without being invalidated, so that convenience for the user is improved.
Still another invention is a point granting unit for granting points according to charging of electronic money to an electronic money medium owned by a user and / or use of electronic money charged in the electronic money medium, and the electronic money medium A privilege to perform a privilege providing process for providing a privilege corresponding to the predetermined number of points to a user who owns the electronic money medium on the condition that the points granted to the user have reached a predetermined number of points A privilege providing device (point management device 90) comprising a providing means, a reference game medium number setting means for setting a reference game medium number that is the number of game media necessary for exchange with a specific prize, and a user playing a game Within the range of the number of game media obtained by the above, the number of remaining game media that is less than the reference game media number set by the reference game media number setting means is determined. Point conversion means for converting the points corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and point addition processing for performing point addition processing for adding the points converted by the point conversion means to the points given to the electronic money medium And a privilege providing device.
According to this, it is possible to set the reference number of game media necessary for exchanging with a specific prize, and within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media less than the reference number of game media Since the converted points are converted into points corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and the converted points are added to the points assigned to the electronic money medium, the user can use the point system. Can do. Moreover, since conversion to points is limited to the number of remaining game media that does not satisfy the preset reference game media count, conversion to excessive points can be prevented.

  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 1, the electronic money system 1 according to the first embodiment including the electronic money server 80 and the point management device 90 according to the present invention includes a plurality of game halls A, B, C,. The ball lending unit 20, the simple ball lending unit 20 ′, the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, the electronic money charging machine 40, the point member terminal 50, the hall computer 60, the in-place balance management device 61, Counter 62, POS terminal 63, off-site balance management device 70, electronic money server 80, point management device 90 provided in the card company, financial institution server 100A provided in financial institution A used by the user, card A financial institution server 100B provided in the financial institution B used by the company, and a remote issue server 1 provided in the remote issue center 0, consisting of. Further, as shown in FIG. 62, the electronic money system 1 according to the second embodiment is provided in a POS terminal 63 ′, a reservation terminal 64 ′, and a reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ provided in each store, and in a card company. A premium management device 71 ′ is further provided.

  In these electronic money systems 1, a membership card 2 and an electronic money card 3 managed by a card company and issued to a user at each store, and a mobile phone 4 and a PC 5 owned by the user are used. The electronic money card 3 and the mobile phone 4 incorporate an IC chip that can charge electronic money.

  In the following, the store is a game hall, the game machine provided in the game hall is the pachinko machine 10, the game medium used for the game in the pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko ball, and the game hall An example in which the transaction in (1) is the lending of pachinko balls (that is, ball lending) will be described. Here, the amusement hall conducts business in which the lending rate for lending pachinko balls and the exchange rate for exchanging pachinko balls for prizes are the same (so-called equivalent exchange), and the lending rate and exchange rate are two types of business (i.e. Business with a loan rate and exchange rate of 4 yen and a business with a loan rate and exchange rate of 1 yen), and the playground has a business with a loan rate and exchange rate of 4 yen. It is assumed that a business floor and a 1-yen business floor that conducts business with a lending rate and an exchange rate of 1 yen are provided. The pachinko machine 10, the ball lending unit 20, the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′, and the counter 62 for counting the number of game media (acquired ball number) acquired by the user by the game are 4 yen business. It is assumed that the floor and the 1 yen sales floor are provided separately.

[1. Overview of Electronic Money System 1]
First, for convenience of explanation, an outline of the electronic money system 1 according to the first embodiment and the second embodiment will be described. In this system, a user receives a membership card 2 by registering as a member at each store, and when the member card 2 is credited, the ball lending unit 20 uses the remaining prepaid amount deposited on the membership card 2. Thus, a pachinko ball lending (that is, a ball lending) that is a game medium is received, and the lending pachinko ball can be used for a game in the pachinko machine 10 that is a gaming machine corresponding to the ball lending unit 20. it can. Note that the membership card 2 cannot be used in the simple ball lending unit 20 ′.

  The system also provides an electronic money service operated by a card company. First, as shown in FIG. 24, the user receives an issue of an electronic money card 3 capable of charging electronic money with an electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, and as shown in FIG. When the electronic money card 3 is charged with electronic money, the ball lending unit 20 and the simple ball lending unit 20 ′ can receive ball lending using the electronic money charged to the electronic money card 3.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 4, when the user registers the use of the electronic money owned by the user and can charge the electronic money (that is, has a wallet function) and downloads the electronic money use program, the mobile phone 4, the electronic money can be used, and as shown in FIG. 28, the electronic money charging device 40 charges the mobile phone 4 with electronic money, or as shown in FIG. 10, using mobile banking settlement. When the electronic money is charged to the mobile phone 4 (hereinafter referred to as “air charge”), the electronic money charged to the mobile phone 4 is used by the ball lending unit 20 and the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′. And you can get a ball loan.

  In the following, when the electronic money card 3 and the mobile phone 4 are not distinguished as media that can use electronic money, they are collectively referred to as “electronic money media”, and the electronic money media can be individually identified. Such information is collectively referred to as “electronic money medium ID”.

  The system also provides point services operated by card companies. First, as shown in FIG. 12 or 32, when the user performs point member registration for receiving points for the member card 2 from the mobile phone 4, the PC 5, or the point member terminal 50, FIG. ), The point management device 90 gives points according to the use of the member card 2, specifically, the prepaid use amount used for the ball lending at the issuing store (our store) of the member card 2. You can receive use points according to Even before the point member registration, as shown in FIG. 44 (b), the user can receive potential use points according to the prepaid usage amount at the shop, and perform the point member registration. Then, the potential use point is transferred as a regular use point.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 13 or FIG. 33, when the user performs point member registration for receiving points for the electronic money medium from the mobile phone 4, the PC 5, or the point member terminal 50, FIG. ), The point management device 90 gives points according to the charge of the electronic money to the electronic money medium, specifically, gives charge points according to the charge amount corresponding to the charged electronic money. In addition, a non-member store can receive a charge point according to the amount of electronic money used for the ball lending. As shown in FIG. 45 (b), the user can receive a potential charge point according to the charge amount and use electronic money at a non-member store even before registering as a point member. Potential charge points according to the amount can be given, and when a point member is registered, these potential charge points are transferred as regular charge points.

  Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 14 or FIG. 34, when the user performs additional registration for associating the member card 2 registered with the point member and the electronic money medium from the mobile phone 4, the PC 5, or the point member terminal 50, FIG. As shown in (a), the point management device 90 gives points according to the use of the electronic money charged in the electronic money medium, specifically, the ball rental at the store where the member card 2 is issued (our store). It is possible to receive a use point according to the amount of electronic money used for the purchase and a member store point according to the amount of electronic money used for the ball lending at the member store. Even before the additional registration, as shown in FIG. 44 (c), the user assigns a potential use point according to the amount of electronic money used at the store and uses the amount of electronic money at the member store. The potential use points can be given in response, and when the point member registration is performed, these potential use points are transferred as regular use points and member store points.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 36A and 36A, in the POS terminal 63 or the POS terminal 63 ′, the number of exchange balls necessary for the prize exchange is calculated from the number of obtained balls (the number of counted balls) acquired by the user. After the subtraction (S603), as shown in FIGS. 36 (b) and (b ′), the number of remaining balls obtained by subtracting the number of replacement balls from the number of counted balls is less than the number of replacement balls of the minimum special prize (so-called end balls). ) (YES in S611), when the electronic money medium is received at the POS terminal 63 or the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ (YES in S612), the electronic money medium ID, the number of remaining balls, and the loan rate of the electronic money medium A point exchange request indicating that is sent to the point management device 90 (S614), and as shown in FIG. 36C, the point management device 90 sets the point conversion set for each loan rate. The remaining number of balls is converted into edge ball points (S652). In the edge ball point DB shown in FIG. 46 (a), the converted edge ball points are associated with the electronic money medium ID. It is added to the end ball points that are present (S653). Here, the special prize is a prize including a predetermined amount of gold bullion that is purchased and managed by the game hall and provided to the player at the prize exchange counter. In this example, the prize is equivalent to 500 yen. There are 500 yen prizes including gold and 2500 yen prizes including gold bullion worth 2500 yen. Therefore, the user in this example has a remaining number of balls less than the number of exchanged balls of the 500 yen prize that is the smallest special prize (ie, less than 125 balls when the loan rate is 4 yen, and 1 yen when the loan rate is 1 yen). It is possible to receive end point points according to less than 500 balls). The end point is given as a regular end point when a point member is registered for an electronic money medium, and a potential end point when no point member is registered for an electronic money medium. Awarded as points.

  In addition, when the user performs privilege member registration for receiving the issuance of privilege electronic money for the electronic money medium from the mobile phone 4, the PC 5, or the point member terminal 50, the electronic money server 80 records the usage history of the electronic money medium. Issuance of special electronic money can be received, specifically, special electronic money can be issued according to the accumulated charge amount. Even before the privilege member registration, as shown in FIG. 45 (b), the potential privilege electronic money can be given according to the accumulated charge amount. Electronic money is transferred as regular bonus electronic money. In the following, when the point member registration is performed for the electronic money medium, the privilege member registration is automatically performed.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 31, the user logs in to the website provided by the point management device 90 from the mobile phone 4, the PC 5, or the point member terminal 50, and as shown in FIG. The total points (hereinafter collectively referred to as “owned points”) of regular points (that is, use points, charge points, member store points, and edge points) are provided with benefits (for exchange with products or lottery) Application), when the privileged membership registration (ie, point membership registration) is performed for the electronic money medium, the product is exchanged for privileged electronic money (D204), or the prize is rewarded electronically. The regular points can be used for application (D201) to a lottery that is money. Note that the added points of potential points (that is, potential use points, potential charge points, potential member store points, and potential edge points) (hereinafter collectively referred to as “potential ownership points”) are used as they are. However, if the point member registration is performed as described above, the point can be transferred to a regular point and used.

  In this example, based on the reception of the electronic money medium in the electronic money charging machine 40, as shown in FIG. 29, the possession points given to the received electronic money medium, or the received electronic money medium Whether or not the potential possessed points that have been granted have reached the predetermined number of points necessary for receiving the benefits (in this example, the minimum required number of points required for each benefit provided) Is confirmed (D43a), and on the condition that the number of possessed points or potential possessed points has reached the minimum necessary number of points, the electronic money charging machine 40 performs notification processing to notify that (D43b, D43b ′).

  Further, as shown in FIG. 48, the user takes over the use points given to the member card 2 of the point takeover source as the use points of the member card 2 of the point takeover destination, or as shown in FIGS. The charge point assigned to the electronic money medium of the takeover source is taken over as the charge point of the electronic money medium of the point takeover destination. It can be taken over as the end point of electronic money media. As for the transfer of charge points and edge points, transfer from the electronic money card 3 to the mobile phone 4, transfer from the mobile phone 4 to the electronic money card 3, and transfer from the electronic money card 3 to the electronic money card 3. However, it is not possible to take over from the mobile phone 4 to the mobile phone 4. However, when the model of the mobile phone 4 is changed, the mobile phone ID that can individually identify the mobile phone 4 is transferred from the old mobile phone to the new mobile phone, so that the mobile phone 4 is associated with the mobile phone ID. Electronic money, charge points, and edge points that are being transferred will also be transferred automatically.

[2. Each component of the electronic money system 1 according to the first embodiment]
Next, each component of the electronic money system 1 according to the first embodiment will be described. Here, the stores include a plurality of game halls A, B, C, which are member stores of the point service, and a plurality of game halls I, B, which are non-member stores of the point service. The electronic money service is provided at all stores. Each of these stores is identified by a store ID which is store identification information capable of individually identifying each store (game hall). The store ID here is a code assigned to each store. For example, in the case of a game hall A (also referred to as “A store”), “A”, and a game hall i (also referred to as “I store”). If there is, it is “I”. In addition, since the component provided in each store is the same, the component provided in the game hall A is demonstrated below.

  In the following, the reader / writer is abbreviated as “R / W”, the database as “DB”, and the step as “S”. Also, in each flowchart described below, when a predetermined time has elapsed in the standby state, the standby state is canceled and each process is terminated. Further, in the following, in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 described later, the member card ID of the member card 2 and / or the electronic money medium ID of the electronic money medium are registered (that is, the point member registration is performed). Is referred to as “point member registered” or simply “registered”, and the fact that they are not registered is referred to as “unregistered”.

  First, the member card 2 will be described. The member card 2 is an example of a member recording medium, and is issued to a member registered as a member at each store and can be used only at the issuing store. The member recording medium can be individually identified. The member card ID, which is the member identification information for identifying the member and the member identification information for individually identifying the member, is pre-stored in the IC chip as the storage unit and recorded on the surface of the member card 2 so as to be visible. doing. This member card ID includes a store ID (in this case, any one of A, B, C..., A, B...) Of the store that issued the member card 2 and a number for individually identifying the member registered as a member ( Here, the ID is a combination of a unique 5-digit number). That is, since the store ID of the store that issued the member card 2 is included in a predetermined portion (here, the first character) of the member card ID, the member card ID is information that can specify the store.

  Further, the IC chip stores a prepaid balance that is a value that can be used for ball lending only at a store where the membership card 2 is issued. The prepaid balance is managed in association with the member card ID of the store in the prepaid balance DB 61 stored in the on-site balance management device 61, which is a computer provided at each store, and provided to the card company. The prepaid balance DB stored in the off-site balance management device 70 is managed in association with the member card ID of each store. Then, the prepaid balance stored in the membership card 2 is added and updated when the ball lending unit 20 deposits the membership card 2, and is subtracted and updated when the membership card 2 is used. Further, the prepaid balance managed by the in-place balance management device 61 and the prepaid balance managed by the off-site balance management device 70 are added and updated when the deposit amount and the membership card ID are received from the ball lending unit 20 (FIG. 18). S13), when the prepaid usage amount and the membership card ID are received from the ball lending unit 20, the subtraction is updated (S54 in FIG. 19).

  This membership card 2 is issued as follows. First, in a member management device (not shown) provided in the store, a password desired by the user and attribute information of the user (here, name, address, gender, and date of birth) are accepted and member registration is performed. Then, from one of the membership cards 2 delivered to the store from the card company, the membership card ID recorded in advance on the membership card 2 is read, and the membership DB stored in the membership management device ( (Not shown), the read membership card ID and the accepted personal identification number and attribute information are registered in association with each other.

  Next, the electronic money card 3 will be described. The electronic money card 3 is an example of an electronic money medium and a recording medium that can be charged with electronic money. The electronic money card 3 is issued from an electronic money card issuance / collection machine 30 provided in each store, and is collected by the electronic money card issuance / collection machine 30. The electronic money card ID, which is recording medium identification information that can be used not only in the issuing store but also in all stores of the electronic money system 1 and can individually identify the electronic money card 3, is an IC serving as a storage unit. It is stored in advance in a chip and recorded on the surface of the electronic money card 3 so as to be visible. This electronic money card ID is a code (here DM) for identifying that it is an electronic money card 3 and a number (here a unique five-digit number) for identifying the member card ID individually. This ID is a combination. This electronic money card ID is also the electronic money medium ID.

  Next, the cellular phone 4 and the PC 5 will be described. The mobile phone 4 and the PC 5 are general ones having an electronic mail transmission / reception function, an Internet connection function, and the like.

  The mobile phone 4 has a program execution function for executing a program downloaded in advance and a wallet function, and can be charged with electronic money by performing electronic money use registration with the electronic money server 80. An electronic money medium and a mobile terminal that can be used in all stores of the money system 1 and a mobile phone ID, electronic money amount, and an electronic money usage program, which are mobile terminal identification information capable of individually identifying the mobile phone 4, The data is stored in an IC chip that is a storage unit. This mobile phone ID is based on a combination of a code for identifying the mobile phone 4 (here, K) and a number for uniquely identifying the mobile phone 4 (here, a unique 5-digit number). ID. This mobile phone ID is also the electronic money medium ID.

  The mobile phone 4 can communicate with the electronic money server 80, the financial institution server 100A, and the remote issuing server 110 via the Internet by executing the electronic money use program stored in the IC chip. Electronic money usage registration and electronic money purchase by executing an electronic money usage program will be described later with reference to FIGS.

  The IC chip incorporated in the membership card 2, the electronic money card 3, and the mobile phone 4 includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an EEPROM, a communication module, and the like, and each information is stored in the EEPROM. This IC chip operates by being supplied with power by electromagnetic induction from an external IC chip R / W, so that the processing program stored in the ROM (or EEPROM) is executed by the CPU using the RAM as a work area. Then, the IC chip or the IC chip R / W modulates a carrier wave that is an electromagnetic wave from the IC chip R / W, whereby communication between the IC chip and the IC chip R / W is performed.

  The IC chip of the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) stores the amount of electronic money that can be used for ball lending at all stores. This electronic money amount is managed in association with the electronic money medium ID in the electronic money DB (FIG. 40) stored in the electronic money server 80 provided in the card company. The electronic money amount stored in the electronic money medium is added and updated when the electronic money is charged to the electronic money medium in the electronic money charging machine 40, and the ball lending unit 20 or the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′. In, subtraction is updated when it is used for ball lending. Further, the amount of electronic money stored in the mobile phone 4 is added and updated when the electronic money is air-charged to the mobile phone 4. The electronic money amount managed by the electronic money server 80 is added and updated when a reception response (Sc06 in FIGS. 8 and 9) is received from the cellular phone 4 that has been air charged, and the purchase amount from the electronic money charging device 40 is updated. 27, the purchase amount charge completion information (S421 in FIG. 27) including the electronic money card ID and the electronic money amount is added and updated, and the electronic money usage amount, the electronic money card ID, and the electronic money amount are received from the hall computer 60. Then, the subtraction is updated (S69 in FIG. 20). In this example, there is no upper limit to the electronic money that can be charged to the electronic money medium, and the electronic money charged to the electronic money medium cannot be settled and cashed.

  Further, in the IC chip of the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4), a notification flag that can specify the number of times the notification processing has been performed is stored together with the date on which the notification processing has been performed.

  Next, the remote issuing server 110 will be described. The remote issuance server 110 performs a writing process for writing electronic money in an IC chip that is a storage unit of the mobile phone 4. The remote issuing server 110 stores a writing status DB shown in FIG. In this writing status DB, for each mobile phone ID assigned to each mobile phone 4, the issue number and the issue amount included in the write start request (Sc08 in FIG. 8) received from the mobile phone 4 are stored. At the same time, a written flag is stored. Here, if the written flag is “1”, it indicates that the writing process is completed, and if the written flag is “0”, it indicates that the writing process is not completed.

  Returning to FIG. 1, the financial institution server 100B will be described. The financial institution B in which the financial institution server 100B is installed is a financial institution used by a card company that is an operating organization of the electronic money service, and the financial institution B receives a card for receiving compensation for electronic money. A payment account, which is a deposit account for the company's electronic money consideration, and a gift account, which is a deposit account for card company gift funds, into which gift funds for issuing special electronic money to members are deposited It has been. The financial institution server 100B can communicate with the electronic money server 80.

  Next, the financial institution server 100A will be described. The financial institution A in which the financial institution server 100A is installed is a financial institution used by the user. There is a user's deposit account where funds are deposited. This financial institution A includes a first financial institution and a second financial institution.

  Here, the first financial institution is a financial institution that is a member of a dedicated network, and receives a first settlement request (Sb19 in FIG. 7) for requesting settlement of the charge amount from the mobile phone 4, and A first finance for notifying the electronic money server 80 (second charge processing means to be described later) via the dedicated network of a first settlement completion notification (Sb21) for notifying that settlement for one settlement request has been completed. A financial institution with an institutional server. That is, the first financial institution is a financial institution that supports indirect settlement, in which the charge amount is indirectly settled between the first financial institution server and the electronic money server 80 via a dedicated network. This dedicated network is a dedicated network for financial institutions in which various storage institutions and financial institutions are closed-connected by a dedicated line.

  Further, the second financial institution accepts a second settlement request (Sb31 in FIG. 9) requesting the settlement of the charge amount from the electronic money server 80 (settlement processing means described later), and the settlement for the second settlement request is completed. This is a financial institution in which a second financial institution server for notifying the electronic money server 80 (second charge processing means to be described later) of a second settlement completion notification (same Sb35) for notifying that it has been done. That is, the second financial institution is a financial institution that supports direct settlement, in which the charge amount is settled directly between the second financial institution server and the electronic money server 80 without using a dedicated network.

  Next, the point management device 90 will be described. The point management device 90 is a server computer including a communication unit 91, a control unit 92, a display 93, an input device 94, a hard disk 95, and the like connected as shown in FIG. The point management device 90 functions as a web server, and distributes the screens shown in FIGS. 11 to 14 to the mobile phone 4 and the PC 5 via the Internet.

  The communication unit 91 is communicably connected to the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, the electronic money charging machine 40, the point member terminal 50, the hall computer 60, the electronic money server 80, and the Internet. The control unit 92 includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, and the like. Each component included in the point management device 90 is executed by the CPU executing a processing program stored in the ROM or the hard disk 95 using the RAM as a work area. Various operations are performed by controlling the operation of the element.

  The display 93 is a device for displaying various information, and is a liquid crystal display, for example. The input device 94 is a device for inputting various types of information, such as a keyboard or a mouse.

  The display 93 and the input device 94 are an example of member store setting means, and are used to set stores that are members of the point service provided by the point management device 90. Here, as shown in FIG. 42A, in the member store setting screen displayed on the display 93, the operator operates the input device 94 to set the member store and the non-member store. The setting contents are stored in the hard disk 95. In this example, the game halls A, B, C... Are set as member stores, and the game halls A, B,.

  The display 93 and the input device 94 are an example of a point grant rate setting means. Here, as shown in FIG. 42B, the operator selects the input device 94 on the point grant rate setting screen displayed on the display 93. By operating: 1. Usage point grant rate according to prepaid usage amount and usage point grant rate according to electronic money usage amount at our store; 2. Grant rate of member store points according to the amount of electronic money used at member stores; 3. Charge point grant rate according to the amount of electronic money used at non-member stores; Set the charge point grant rate according to the charge amount. This setting content is stored in the hard disk 95. In this example, the point grant rate is set so that 1 point is awarded for every 1000 yen for 1, 2 and 4, and 1 point is awarded for every 2000 yen for 3. These point grant rates can be set to any value, but for charge points according to the amount of electronic money used at 3 non-member stores, member stores according to the amount of electronic money used at 2 member stores It is preferable that a grant rate lower than the point grant rate is set. This is because, if both are given the same grant rate, the merit of becoming a member store is reduced, so that fairness cannot be maintained between the member store and the non-member store.

  The display 93 and the input device 94 are examples of upper limit setting means, and set upper limit values of use points and charge points to be given to the member card 2 and the electronic money medium during a predetermined period. Here, as shown in FIG. 42 (c), when the operator operates the input device 94 on the point grant upper limit setting screen displayed on the display 93, the grant is given per day which is a predetermined period. 1. the upper limit of the sum of the usage points according to the prepaid usage amount and the usage points according to the electronic money usage amount at our shop; 2. Upper limit of member store points according to the amount of electronic money used at member stores; 3. Upper limit of charge points according to the amount of electronic money used at non-member stores; Set the upper limit of charge points according to the charge amount. This setting content is stored in the hard disk 95. In this example, the point grant upper limit value is set so that up to 10 points are given per day in any case. These point grant upper limit values can be set to arbitrary values.

  The display 93 and the input device 94 are examples of notification upper limit setting means, and set an upper limit number of times for performing the notification processing in a predetermined period. Here, as shown in FIG. 42 (d), on the notification upper limit number setting screen displayed on the display 93, when the operator operates the input device 94, the upper limit number of notification processes performed per day which is a predetermined period. Set. This setting content is stored in the hard disk 95 and also in the electronic money charger 40 provided in each game hall. In this example, the upper limit number is set so that the notification process is performed up to twice per day.

  Furthermore, the display 93 and the input device 94 are an example of point conversion rate setting means, and for each lending rate for lending gaming media (pachinko balls), a point conversion rate for converting the number of remaining balls to edge points is set. To do. Here, as shown in FIG. 42 (e), when the operator operates the input device 94 on the point conversion rate setting screen displayed on the display 93, 1. 1. Conversion rate of the number of remaining balls when the pachinko ball lending rate is 1 yen; The conversion rate of the number of remaining balls when the pachinko ball lending rate is 4 yen is set. This setting content is stored in the hard disk 95. In this example, the point conversion rate is set so that 1 point is given for 10 remaining balls for 1 and 1 point is given for 2.5 remaining balls for 2. .

  The hard disk 95 as the storage means includes a point member DB shown in FIG. 43, a use point DB shown in FIG. 44, a charge point DB shown in FIG. 45, an end point DB shown in FIG. The lottery information DB shown in (b) and the product information DB shown in FIG. 46 (c) are stored.

  The point member DB shown in FIG. 43 is an example of identification information storage means, and stores a member card ID and an electronic money medium ID in association with each other. In this point member DB, for every member card ID and / or electronic money medium ID (electronic money card ID starting with DM or mobile phone ID starting with K) of the member card 2 for which the point member registration has been performed, The personal identification number, attribute information (name, address, gender, and date of birth) that is user identification information that can individually identify the user who has registered the point member, and the today registration flag are stored in association with each other. Here, if the today registration flag is “1”, it indicates that the point member registration is performed today, and if the today registration flag is “0”, it indicates that the point member registration is not performed today.

  The use point DB shown in FIG. 44 is an example of a point management means for managing the given points for each member card 2 (and for each electronic money medium) and for the point management means for each grant interval. It is an example, and the granted points are managed for each member card 2 (and for each electronic money medium) and for each grant interval (here, every day). In this use point DB, as shown in FIG. 44 (a), a data table for managing the use points given to the member card 2 registered as a point member and the electronic money medium associated with the member card 2; 44 (b), the data table for managing the potential use points assigned to the unregistered member card 2 is not associated with the member card 2 as shown in FIG. 44 (c). A data table for managing potential use points assigned to the electronic money medium is provided.

  In the data table shown in FIG. 44A, for a registered member card 2 (for example, A00001) associated with an electronic money medium, the member card ID of the member card 2 and the electronic card of the electronic money medium are stored. For each money medium ID, it is given according to the prepaid usage amount at the store (our store) issued by the membership card 2, the electronic money usage amount at the store using the electronic money medium, and the prepaid usage amount and the electronic money usage amount The used points, the amount of electronic money used in each member store using the electronic money medium, and the member store points granted in accordance with the amount of electronic money used are managed every day, which is the point grant interval. At the same time, the accumulated points and the points used for exchanging products or applying for lottery from the accumulated points used by our store or the accumulated member points of each member store. A consumption point is cement cumulative, from our accumulated use point or total merchant point of each merchant and point balance obtained by subtracting the consumption points is managed. In addition, for registered member cards 2 (for example, A00004) that are not associated with electronic money media, prepaid use at the issuing store (our store) using the member card 2 for each member card ID of the member card 2 The amount of points and points used according to the prepaid amount are managed for each day, which is the point grant interval, and the total of those points can be exchanged for products or exchanged for lottery The consumption points, which are the accumulated points used for the application, and the point balance obtained by subtracting the consumption points from the accumulated points used in our store are managed.

  In the data table shown in FIG. 44A, takeover specifying information including a takeover source ID and a takeover date is stored for each member card ID. The takeover specifying information is information that can specify that the takeover process has been performed after the use point is given to the takeover source member card 2 in the member card takeover process shown in FIG. 48, and the first information shown in FIG. In the electronic money medium takeover process of FIG. 5 and the second electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIG. 52, the member card 2 corresponding to the takeover source electronic money medium was given usage points and member store points corresponding to the amount of electronic money used. It is information that can specify that the takeover process has been performed later. In the example shown in FIG. 44 (a), after the use points are given to the A00888 takeover member card 2 on March 6, the member card is transferred to the takeover member card 2 of A01234 on March 7th. It shows that processing has been performed, and after giving use points to the transfer source member card 2 of B00013 on March 2, the member card transfer processing to the transfer destination member card 2 of B00776 on March 3 Indicates that this has been done. The takeover specifying information is not deleted even after the takeover process is performed.

  In the data table shown in FIG. 44 (b), for each membership card ID of an unregistered membership card 2, it is given according to the prepaid usage amount at the issuing store (our store) by the membership card 2 and the prepaid usage amount. The potential use points are managed every day, which is the point grant interval, and the total of those points is managed.

  In the data table shown in FIG. 44 (c), for each electronic money ID of an electronic money medium that is not associated with the member card 2 (may be registered or not registered in the point member DB in FIG. 43). The electronic money usage amount at each member store using the electronic money medium and the potential member store points granted in accordance with the electronic money usage amount are managed every day as the point granting interval, The total is managed.

  The charge point DB shown in FIG. 45 is an example of point management means for managing the given points for each electronic money medium, and is also an example of the point management means for each grant interval. Points are managed for each electronic money medium and for each grant interval (here, every day). In the charge point DB, as shown in FIG. 45 (a), a data table for managing charge points given to the electronic money medium registered as a point member, and unregistered as shown in FIG. 45 (b). And a data table for managing potential charge points assigned to the electronic money medium.

  In the data table shown in FIG. 45A, for each electronic money medium ID of the registered electronic money medium, the membership card ID of the membership card 2 associated with the electronic money medium and the electronic money corresponding to the electronic money medium are displayed. A charge amount of money, a charge point given according to the charge amount, an amount of electronic money used at each non-member store by the electronic money medium, and a charge point given according to the amount of electronic money used , Points are managed every day, which is the point grant interval, and the totals are exchanged for products from the accumulated charge points according to the charge amount or the accumulated charge points according to the amount of electronic money used at each non-member store. Consumption points, which are the cumulative points used in the application for the lottery and lottery And the door balance is managed.

  In the data table shown in FIG. 45A, takeover specifying information including a takeover source ID and a takeover date is stored for each electronic money medium. This takeover specifying information is obtained after the charge point is assigned to the takeover source electronic money medium in the first electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIG. 49 and the second electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIG. It is information that can be specified to the effect. In the example shown in FIG. 45 (a), after giving a charge point to a takeover source electronic money medium of DM41267 on March 6, an electronic money medium is added to a takeover destination electronic money medium of K00001 on today, March 7. This shows that the takeover processing has been performed, and after giving a charge point to the K00417 takeover source electronic money medium on March 3rd, on March 4th the DM24278 takeover destination electronic money medium has an electronic money medium. It shows that the takeover process has been performed. The takeover specifying information is not deleted even after the takeover process is performed.

  In the data table shown in FIG. 45 (b), for each electronic money medium ID of an unregistered electronic money medium, the charge amount of the electronic money for the electronic money medium, the potential charge points given according to the charge amount, The amount of electronic money used at each non-member store by the electronic money medium and the potential charge points granted in accordance with the amount of electronic money used are managed every day, which is the point grant interval, The cumulative total and the potential bonus electronic money corresponding to the cumulative charge amount are managed. Here, as shown in FIG. 38B to be described later, 500 yen is issued for the potential bonus electronic money corresponding to the accumulated charge amount for every 10,000 yen accumulated charge amount. It is a value obtained by multiplying the integer part by 500 yen.

  In the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46A, for each end point corresponding to each electronic money medium for each electronic money medium ID of a registered or unregistered electronic money medium, the accumulated end point points are accumulated. In addition, the consumption points, which are the cumulative total of the end points used for exchanging with products and applying for the lottery, and the point balance obtained by subtracting the end points from the cumulative end points are managed. In addition, in this edge ball point DB, although the regular edge ball point and the latent edge ball point are not distinguished, they are associated with the electronic money medium ID registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. Is a regular end point point, and a potential end point point is associated with an unregistered electronic money medium ID in the point member DB shown in FIG.

  In the lottery information DB shown in FIG. 46 (b), for each lottery ID that can identify each lottery, an application period that is a period for accepting an application for the lottery, and a prize name of each prize prepared for the lottery, The number of winners of each award, the number of points required to apply for each award, and the type of prize (the prize of each prize is a general prize other than electronic money, or is electronic money ), Explanation of each prize, and an applicant ID that is a registered membership card ID or electronic money medium ID of an applicant for each prize is stored in association with each other. In this example, electronic money of 10000 yen is set as a privilege (prize) for the C prize of the lottery with the lottery ID 4034. Here, each item from the lottery ID to the description of the prize is stored when the lottery is set in the point management device 90. In addition, in the item of the applicant ID, when the prize is electronic money, the electronic money medium ID of the applicant is stored, and when the prize is other than electronic money, the applicant's member card ID or electronic money medium is stored. The ID is stored.

  In the product information DB shown in FIG. 46 (c), for each product that can be exchanged for points, the product name, the necessary number of points required for exchanging with the product, and the product type (each product is , Whether it is a general product other than electronic money, or electronic money). In this example, 1000 yen of electronic money is set for a required number of points of 100 points as a privilege (product) given by product exchange.

  In this example, the minimum required number of points for receiving benefits (that is, applying for a lottery or exchanging for a product) is applied to the C prize stored in the lottery information DB shown in FIG. 46 (b). 20 points to do.

  The other functions of the point management device 90 will be described later.

  Next, the electronic money server 80 will be described. The electronic money server 80 is a server computer including a communication unit 81, a control unit 82, a display 83, an input device 84, a hard disk 85, and the like connected as shown in FIG. This electronic money server 80 functions as a web server, and distributes each screen shown in FIG. 4 to the mobile phone 4 via the Internet.

  The communication unit 81 is communicably connected to the electronic money card issuance / collection machine 30, the electronic money charging machine 40, the point management device 90, the Internet, and a dedicated network (FIG. 7). The control unit 82 includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, and the like, and each component included in the electronic money server 80 is executed by a CPU executing a processing program stored in the ROM or the hard disk 85 using the RAM as a work area. Various operations are performed by controlling the operation of the element.

  The display 83 is a device for displaying various information, and is a liquid crystal display, for example. The input device 84 is a device for inputting various types of information, and is, for example, a keyboard or a mouse.

  The display 83 and the input device 84 are an example of a financial institution setting unit, and each of a plurality of financial institutions A used by the user is the first financial institution (a financial institution corresponding to indirect settlement) and the second financial institution. This is to set which is an institution (a financial institution that supports direct settlement). Here, as shown in FIG. 38 (a), the operator operates the input device 84 on the financial institution setting screen displayed on the display 83, so that the financial institution corresponding to only indirect settlement (here, “Diamond Bank”). And “Riezon Bank”), financial institutions that support only direct payments (here “Mitomo Bank”), and financial institutions that support both direct and indirect payments (here “Yamato Bank”) This setting content is stored in the hard disk 85.

  The display 83 and the input device 84 are examples of privilege setting means, and set privilege issue conditions for issuing privileged electronic money according to the usage history of the electronic money medium. Here, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), on the privilege setting screen displayed on the display 83, the operator operates the input device 84 to use the electronic money medium (the mobile phone 4 and / or the electronic money medium). Issuance of privileged electronic money according to the accumulated charge amount as a history is mandatory, issuance of privileged electronic money by point member registration of the electronic money medium (mobile phone 4 and / or electronic money medium), and electronic money medium ( The issuance of privileged electronic money according to the birthday of the user who performed the point member registration of the mobile phone 4 and / or electronic money medium) is arbitrarily set by checking the corresponding check box. Are stored in the hard disk 85 and transmitted to the point management device 90 to be transmitted to the point management device 90 Even 0 of the hard disk 95 is stored. In this example, 500 yen privilege electronic money is issued for every 10000 yen accumulated charge amount for mobile phone 4 and electronic money card 3, and 500 yen privilege on the day of point member registration for mobile phone 4 The issue amount and issue target of bonus electronic money are set so that bonus electronic money of 1000 yen is issued the day before the birthday of the user who issued the electronic money and registered the point membership for the mobile phone 4 Is done.

  The hard disk 85 as storage means stores a mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39, an electronic money DB shown in FIG. 40, and an issue history DB shown in FIG.

  In the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39, for each mobile phone ID given when electronic money use registration shown in FIG. And a storage column for a settlement bank, an account number, and a password.

  In the electronic money use registration, when a financial institution that supports direct payment is designated as the settlement bank, the designated settlement bank and the user are associated with the settlement bank in association with the mobile phone ID and the e-mail address. An account number of the opened deposit account and a personal identification number for performing settlement from the deposit account are stored. Thus, by storing the settlement bank, the account number, and the password in the mobile phone DB, the electronic money server 80 is such that the settlement bank is a second financial institution (that is, a financial institution that supports direct settlement). Can be determined.

  In addition, in the electronic money use registration, when a financial institution that supports indirect payment is designated as the settlement bank, the designated settlement bank is stored in association with the mobile phone ID and the e-mail address, and the account number and password are stored. The number is not stored. Thus, by storing only the settlement bank in the mobile phone DB, the electronic money server 80 can determine that the settlement bank is the first financial institution (that is, the financial institution corresponding to indirect settlement). .

  Further, in the electronic money use registration, when no financial institution is designated as the settlement bank, only the mobile phone ID and the e-mail address are stored, and the settlement bank, the account number, and the password are not stored. As described above, since the settlement bank is not stored in the mobile phone DB, the electronic money server 80 can determine that the mobile banking settlement cannot be used and the air charge cannot be performed. In this case, electronic money can be charged to the mobile phone 4 only by the electronic money charging device 40.

  In the electronic money DB shown in FIG. 40, for each electronic money medium ID (mobile phone ID starting with K and electronic money card ID starting with DM), the amount of electronic money charged in each electronic money medium and each electronic money The purchase amount charged today on the medium is stored in association with the charge amount today. The electronic money amount for each electronic money medium is added and updated each time the purchase amount of electronic money or the issue amount of special electronic money is charged to the electronic money medium, and the charged electronic money amount is used. Subtracted and updated every time. Further, the amount charged today for each electronic money medium ID is added and updated every time the purchase amount of electronic money is charged to the electronic money medium, and is transmitted to the point management device 90 during the closing process (FIG. 55 (a)). The amount charged today is electronic money charge information related to charging electronic money to the electronic money medium. The amount charged today is not updated even if the amount of special electronic money issued is charged to the electronic money medium.

  In the issue history DB shown in FIG. 41, for each electronic money medium ID (mobile phone ID starting with K and electronic money card ID starting with DM), electronic money issuance (that is, purchase of electronic money, points and electronic money) Issue number, issue amount, and issue type (purchase, exchange, winning, or privilege) given when exchange, winning electronic money by lottery, or issuance of privileged electronic money) And the charged flag are stored in association with each other. Here, if the charged flag is “1”, it indicates that the issued amount is charged to the mobile phone 4, and if the charged flag is “0”, the issued amount is not charged to the mobile phone 4. Indicate.

  Other functions of the electronic money server 80 will be described later.

  Next, the electronic money use registration process will be described with reference to the screen displayed on the display of the mobile phone 4 shown in FIG. 4 mainly with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. In this description, communication is performed between the mobile phone 4, the electronic money server 80, and the remote issuing server 110 via the Internet.

  First, when the mobile phone 4 owned by the user accesses the website provided by the electronic money server 80 by the Internet connection function (Sa01) and applies for electronic money use registration, the electronic money server 80 displays the DK01. The usage agreement agreement screen is distributed to the mobile phone 4, and the mobile phone 4 displays the DK01 (Sa02). In this DK01, a request to agree to the terms of use and a terms of use are displayed, and a radio button for selecting whether to agree to the terms of use is displayed.

  When the “I don't agree” radio button is selected in DK01 and the “Next” button is operated, the process ends. On the other hand, when the “Agree” radio button is selected and the “Next” button is operated, the mobile phone 4 sends an electronic money use registration request including the electronic mail address of the mobile phone 4 to the electronic money server. It transmits to 80 (Sa03).

  Upon receiving the electronic money use registration request, the electronic money server 80 registers the electronic mail address included in the electronic money use registration request in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39 (Sa04), and the financial institution shown in DK02 The selection screen is distributed to the mobile phone 4, and the mobile phone 4 displays the DK02 (Sa05). This DK02 indicates that electronic money can be charged by registering a financial institution, and that electronic money can be charged by the electronic money charging machine 40 installed in the store without registering the financial institution. At the same time, a radio button for selecting whether or not to register a financial institution and a combo box for selecting a financial institution to be registered are displayed. In this combo box, the financial institution set on the financial institution setting screen shown in FIG. 38 is displayed.

  In this DK02, when the radio button of “Register” is selected, one of the financial institutions is selected in the combo box, and the “Next” button is operated, the mobile phone 4 is connected to the selected financial institution. Is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (Sa06). In addition, when the radio button “Do not register” is selected in DK02 and the “Next” button is operated, the mobile phone 4 sends the financial institution selection information not including the financial institution to the electronic money server 80. Transmit (Sa06).

  When the electronic money server 80 receives the financial institution selection information, the electronic money server 80 performs financial institution type determination based on the financial institution selection information (Sa07). Specifically, whether the financial institution included in the received financial institution selection information is a financial institution that supports either direct payment or indirect payment among the financial institutions set on the financial institution setting screen shown in FIG. Then, it is determined whether the financial institution supports only direct settlement or only supports indirect settlement.

  If it is determined in Sa07 that the financial institution is a financial institution that supports both direct payment and indirect payment (in this example, “Yamato Bank”), the electronic money server 80 selects the payment method shown in DK03. The screen is distributed to the mobile phone 4, and the mobile phone 4 displays the DK03 (Sa08). In this DK03, it is displayed that the selected financial institution can select direct payment or indirect payment, and a radio button for selecting either direct payment or indirect payment is displayed.

  When the “direct payment” radio button is selected in DK03 and the “next” button is operated, the mobile phone 4 displays the payment method selection information indicating that the direct payment is selected in the electronic money server. When the electronic money server 80 receives the payment method selection information, the electronic money server 80 performs the processing of Sa10. On the other hand, when the radio button of “indirect payment” is selected and the “next” button is operated in DK03, the mobile phone 4 transmits the payment method selection information indicating that the indirect payment is selected to the electronic money. When the electronic money server 80 receives the payment method selection information, the electronic money server 80 performs the processing of Sa13.

  When it is determined in Sa07 that the financial institution is a financial institution that supports only direct payment (in this example, “Mitomo Bank”), and in Sa09, payment method selection information indicating that direct payment is selected is received. In this case, the electronic money server 80 transmits the financial institution confirmation screen shown in DK04 and the account number input screen shown in DK05 to the mobile phone 4, and the mobile phone 4 displays the DK04 and temporarily displays DK05. (Sa10). In DK04, the selected financial institution and the fact that the settlement method is direct settlement are displayed. When the “next” button is operated with this DK04, the cellular phone 4 displays the stored DK05. In this DK05, it is displayed that the account number of the deposit account used for the settlement of the charge amount and the PIN code of the mobile banking are requested, and an input field for the account number and the PIN number is displayed. When the account number and the password are input at this DK05 and the “next” button is operated, the mobile phone 4 includes the financial institution indicated by DK04 and the account number and the password input at DK05. A financial institution confirmation notice is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (Sa11).

  When the electronic money server 80 receives the financial institution confirmation notification, the electronic money server 80 associates the financial institution, the account number, and the password included in the financial institution confirmation notification with the electronic mail address of the mobile phone 4 as shown in FIG. (Sa12) and the processing of Sa16 is performed. Here, the communication unit 81 that receives the financial institution confirmation notification of Sa11 is an example of a financial institution designation accepting unit, and from among a plurality of financial institutions, designation of a financial institution used for settlement of the charge amount is made from the mobile phone 4. Accept. The communication unit 81 is an example of an account specifying information receiving unit. When the financial institution designated by the financial institution designation receiving unit is the second financial institution (that is, a financial institution corresponding to direct settlement), the user Accepts from the mobile phone 4 account specifying information that can specify an account opened in the financial institution.

  If it is determined in Sa07 that the financial institution is a financial institution that supports only indirect payment (in this example, “Diamond Bank” or “Riezon Bank”), and Sa09 indicates that indirect payment has been selected. When the payment method selection information is received, the electronic money server 80 transmits a financial institution confirmation screen shown in DK06 to the mobile phone 4, and the mobile phone 4 displays the DK06 (Sa13). In DK06, the selected financial institution and the fact that the settlement method is indirect settlement are displayed. When the “next” button is operated with this DK06, the mobile phone 4 transmits a financial institution confirmation notice including the financial institution indicated by DK06 to the electronic money server 80 (Sa14).

  Upon receiving the financial institution confirmation notification, the electronic money server 80 registers the financial institution included in the financial institution confirmation notification in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39 in association with the e-mail address of the mobile phone 4. (Sa15), the process of Sa16 is performed. Here, the communication unit 81 that receives the financial institution confirmation notification of Sa14 is an example of a financial institution designation receiving means, and from among the plurality of financial institutions, designation of the financial institution used for the settlement of the charge amount is made from the mobile phone 4. Accept.

  When it is determined in Sa07 that no financial institution is selected (that is, when financial institution selection information not including a financial institution is received in Sa06), when the processing of Sa12 is performed, and when the processing of Sa15 is performed The electronic money server 80 assigns a mobile phone ID, registers the assigned mobile phone ID in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39 in association with the e-mail address of the mobile phone 4, and The assigned mobile phone ID is registered in the electronic money DB shown in FIG. 40 and the issue history DB shown in FIG. 41 (Sa16). As a result, the electronic money use registration is performed in the electronic money server 80, and an area for enabling the electronic money to be used in the mobile phone 4 is secured. Here, the mobile phone DB is an example of a financial institution storage means, and for each mobile phone 4, information that can specify the financial institution designated by the financial institution designation receiving means (the communication unit 81 that receives Sa11 and Sa14). And the account specifying information received by the account specifying information receiving means (the communication unit 81 that receives Sa11).

  Then, the electronic money server 80 transmits a download request screen shown in DK07 to the mobile phone 4, and the mobile phone 4 displays the DK07 (Sa17). In DK07, the fact that the electronic money use registration has been completed, the assigned mobile phone ID, and the prompt to download the electronic money use program are displayed. In addition, the mobile phone 4 stores the mobile phone ID included in the DK07 in the EEPROM of the IC chip (Sa18), and secures an area in the IC chip EEPROM for enabling the electronic money to be used in the mobile phone 4 To do.

  When the “download” button is operated with the DK07, the mobile phone 4 transmits a download request to the electronic money server 80 (Sa19). When the electronic money server 80 receives the download request, The money use program is transmitted to the mobile phone 4 (Sa20). The cellular phone 4 stores the electronic money usage program in the EEPROM of the IC chip (Sa21), starts the electronic money usage program (Sa22), and issues an area reservation request including the cellular phone ID stored in the EEPROM. Then, it transmits to the remote issue server 110 (Sa23).

  When receiving the area securing request, the remote issuing server 110 registers the mobile phone ID included in the area securing request in the writing status DB shown in FIG. 2 (Sa24). Thereby, in the remote issuing server 110, an area for enabling the use of electronic money on the mobile phone 4 is secured. Then, the remote issuing server 110 transmits the area reservation notification to the mobile phone 4 (Sa25), and when the mobile phone 4 receives the area reservation notification, it is shown in DK10 of FIG. 5 included in the electronic money usage program. A menu screen is displayed (Sa26), and the process ends.

  Next, processing performed by the electronic money use program will be described with reference to a screen displayed on the display of the mobile phone 4 shown in FIG. The screen shown in FIG. 5 is a screen included in the electronic money usage program. First, when the electronic money use program stored in the IC chip is activated by the program execution function in the mobile phone 4, the mobile phone 4 displays a menu screen shown in the DK10. In this DK10, the mobile phone ID stored in the IC chip and the fact that points or special electronic money according to the charge of electronic money are given when the point member is registered are displayed, and the menu selection is accepted. For example, “1. electronic money purchase”, “2. balance inquiry”, “3. financial institution change / registration”, and “4. point member dedicated HP” are displayed.

  When “2. Balance inquiry” is selected in the DK 10, the mobile phone 4 displays a balance inquiry screen of the DK 21. In this DK21, the amount of electronic money stored in the IC chip is displayed. When “3. Financial institution change / registration” is selected in the DK 10, the mobile phone 4 transmits a financial institution selection request to the electronic money server 80, and the electronic money server 80 selects the financial institution selection. When the request is received, the financial institution selection screen shown in the DK02 is distributed to the mobile phone 4, and the mobile phone 4 displays the DK02. As a result, the registered financial institution can be changed, and if the financial institution has not been registered, it can be registered again. When “4. Point Member HP” is selected on the DK 10, the mobile phone 4 accesses the website provided by the point management device 90 by the Internet connection function and is distributed from the point management device 90. The point member homepage shown in D100 of FIG. 11 to be described later is displayed.

  Next, the flowchart of the electronic money purchase process shown in FIG. 6, the indirect payment process shown in FIG. 7, the electronic money charge process shown in FIG. 8, and the direct payment process shown in FIG. The purchase and charging of electronic money will be described with reference to the screen displayed on the display. In this description, communication is performed between the mobile phone 4 and the electronic money server 80, the financial institution server 100A, and the remote issuing server 110 via the Internet.

  First, the electronic money purchase process will be described mainly with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 6 and the screen shown in FIG. When “2. Purchase electronic money” is selected in the DK 10, the mobile phone 4 displays a purchase amount selection screen shown in DK11 included in the electronic money usage program (Sb01 in FIG. 6). In this DK11, five types of radio buttons of 1000 yen, 2000 yen, 3000 yen, 5000 yen, and 10000 yen are displayed as options for accepting selection of the purchase amount of electronic money.

  When any purchase amount (5000 yen here) is selected with this DK11 and the “confirm” button is operated, the mobile phone 4 displays the purchase amount confirmation screen shown in DK12 included in the electronic money usage program. Is displayed (Sb02). In this DK12, the purchase amount selected in DK11, a fee (200 yen here) collected by the remote issuing center for the electronic money writing process (air charge) for each purchase of electronic money, and the purchase The total amount and fee are displayed.

  When the “Send” button is operated on the DK 12, the mobile phone 4 sends a charge request including the mobile phone ID stored in the IC chip of the mobile phone 4 to the electronic money server by the processing of the electronic money use program. It transmits to 80 (Sb03).

  When the electronic money server 80 receives the charge request, the electronic money server 80 is associated with the mobile phone ID included in the charge request and is stored in the issue history DB shown in FIG. It is determined whether or not there is electronic money (flag is 0) (Sb04). If it is determined in Sb04 that there is uncharged electronic money (YES), the electronic money server 80 displays a screen indicating a message “please charge because there is uncharged electronic money”. The mobile phone 4 displays the screen (Sb05) and ends the electronic money usage program. According to this, when there is uncharged electronic money, new electronic money cannot be purchased, so that it is possible to prevent an erroneous purchase of electronic money by the user.

  Next, in the electronic money server 80, the settlement bank stored in the cellular phone DB shown in FIG. 39 in association with the cellular phone ID included in the charge request is the second financial institution that supports indirect settlement. It is determined whether the first financial institution corresponding to direct payment (Sb06). The control unit 82 that performs the determination of Sb06 is an example of a financial institution determination unit, and based on the reception of a charge request from the mobile phone 4, the financial institution designation reception unit (communication unit 81 that receives Sa11 and Sa14) ) Determines whether the financial institution designated by (1) is the first financial institution or the second financial institution.

  If it is determined in Sb06 that the second financial institution supports indirect settlement (YES), that is, only the settlement bank is stored in the mobile phone DB, the process proceeds to Sb11 in FIG. On the other hand, if it is determined in Sb06 that the first financial institution supports direct payment (NO), that is, the mobile phone DB stores the settlement bank, the account number, and the password, Sb31 in FIG. Proceed to If it is determined in Sb06 that the settlement bank is not stored in the mobile phone DB, the electronic money server 80 displays a screen showing a message that “the air cannot be charged because the financial institution is not registered”, although not shown. The mobile phone 4 displays the screen and ends the electronic money usage program.

  Next, the indirect payment process will be described mainly with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 7 and the screen shown in FIG. If it is determined in Sb06 that the settlement bank is the second financial institution that supports indirect settlement (YES), the process proceeds to FIG. 7, and the electronic money server 80 performs the mobile banking of the financial institution server 100A of the settlement bank. The access information including the URL for accessing is transmitted to the mobile phone 4 (Sb11). The electronic money server 80 that performs the process of transmitting the access information of Sb11 is an example of a settlement processing unit, and is based on accepting a charge request for requesting charging of the electronic money to the mobile phone 4 from the mobile phone 4. Thus, the user who owns the mobile phone 4 uses the balance of the account opened in the financial institution to perform a settlement process for settlement of the charge amount corresponding to the electronic money charged to the mobile phone 4. In this case, as the settlement process, the mobile phone 4 starts the first financial institution server (financial institution server) on the condition that the financial institution determination means (the control unit 82 that performs Sb06) determines that the first financial institution is the first financial institution. 100A) and transmitting the access information for transmitting the first settlement request to the mobile phone 4, that is, the financial institution storage means ( It performs a process of transmitting information indicating the first financial institution server of a financial institution specified from the information stored in the band phone DB) as the communication destination of the first settlement request as the access information to the mobile phone 4.

  When the mobile phone 4 receives the access information, the mobile phone 4 displays a mobile banking transition screen shown in DK13 included in the electronic money usage program (Sb12). In this DK13, the fact that the mobile banking of the settlement bank is changed is displayed. When the “confirm” button is operated on the DK 13, the mobile phone 4 accesses the received URL, that is, the website provided by the financial institution server 100 A of the settlement bank by the Internet connection function (Sb 13). The login screen shown in DK14 distributed from the financial institution server 100A is displayed. In this DK14, an input field for an account number of a deposit account and a mobile banking password is displayed. When the DK 14 is input to each input field and the “login” button is operated, the mobile phone 4 stores the mobile phone ID stored in the IC chip, the account number and the password entered in the DK 14. The login request including the total amount displayed on the DK12 is transmitted to the financial institution server 100A (Sb15).

  When the financial institution server 100A receives the login request, the financial institution server 100A authenticates the account number and the personal identification number included in the login request, and determines whether or not the authentication is OK (Sb16). If the authentication is NG (NO), the financial institution server 100A delivers a re-login screen that prompts the user to log in again to the mobile phone 4. On the other hand, if the authentication is OK (YES), the financial institution server 100A determines whether or not the balance of the deposit account with the account number is equal to or greater than the total amount included in the login request (Sb17). If the balance of the deposit account is less than the total amount (NO), the financial institution server 100A distributes an error screen indicating that to the mobile phone 4. On the other hand, if the balance of the deposit account is equal to or greater than the total amount (YES), the financial institution server 100A distributes the settlement confirmation screen shown in DK15 to the mobile phone 4 (Sb18). indicate. In this DK15, the balance of the deposit account and the debit amount (that is, the total amount) are displayed. When the “settlement” button is operated with this DK15, the cellular phone 4 transmits a first settlement request including the cellular phone ID stored in the IC chip to the financial institution server 100A (Sb19).

  Upon receiving the first settlement request, the financial institution server 100A performs settlement processing by deducting the total amount from the deposit account (Sb20), and the mobile phone ID included in the first settlement request, And the purchase amount transferred to the payment account of the card company, and in the dedicated network, the purchase amount of the total amount (that is, the amount obtained by subtracting the fee from the total amount) is provided in the financial institution server 100B. A first for notifying that the settlement for the first settlement request has been completed, including information for depositing the fee of the total amount to the settlement account of the credit card company and transferring the fee to the settlement account of the remote issuing center. A settlement completion notice is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 via the dedicated network (Sb21).

  Upon receiving the first settlement completion notification, the electronic money server 80 generates an issuance number and associates it with the mobile phone ID included in the first settlement completion notification in the issuance history DB shown in FIG. The issued issue number is stored, the purchased amount included in the first settlement completion notification is stored as the issued amount, the type is “purchased”, and the charged flag is “0 (that is, the issued amount is stored in the mobile phone 4). “Not charged”) is stored (Sb22).

  Then, the electronic money server 80 associates the electronic money purchase e-mail shown in DK16 with the mobile phone ID included in the first settlement completion notification and carries the mobile phone of the e-mail address registered in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. It transmits to the telephone 4 (Sb23). In this DK16 e-mail, the purchase amount (5000 yen in this case) of electronic money is purchased and the issue number is displayed, and “Click here to charge the electronic money to the mobile phone. The transmission link of the charge execution request displayed as “” is displayed. The electronic money server 80 that performs the process of transmitting the Sb23 e-mail is an example of a second charge processing unit, on the condition that the settlement completion notice for notifying that the settlement has been completed is received. A charge process for charging the mobile phone 4 with electronic money corresponding to the charge amount (issue amount) is executed. Here, as the charge process, the first settlement completion notification for the first settlement request is sent to the dedicated network. The first charge process for charging the mobile phone 4 with electronic money is executed on the condition that the electronic money is received via the mobile phone 4, and the fact that the electronic money can be charged as the first charge process. Notification, sending an e-mail containing link information to be operated for charging the electronic money, and confirming that the link information has been operated. Based on, and executes a process of charging the electronic money to the mobile phone 4.

  Here, the electronic money charging process will be described mainly with reference to the screen shown in FIG. 10 mainly in the flowchart shown in FIG. When the e-mail of the DK16 is expanded (Sc01), the mobile phone 4 activates the electronic money use program stored in the IC chip (Sc02), and a transmission link for the charge execution request displayed in the e-mail is established. When clicked, a charge execution request including the issue number and issue amount included in the e-mail and the mobile phone ID stored in the IC chip is sent to the electronic money server 80 by the processing of the electronic money use program. (Sc03).

  When the electronic money server 80 receives the charge execution request, the electronic money server 80 associates it with the issue number included in the charge execution request and sets “1” (that is, the issued amount to the mobile phone 4) in the issue history DB shown in FIG. It is determined whether or not “charged” is stored (Sc04). If it is determined in Sc04 that “1” is stored as the charged flag (YES), the electronic money server 80 displays a charged screen indicating that the mobile phone 4 is charged. Transmit to the mobile phone 4. On the other hand, when it is determined in Sc04 that “0” is stored as the charged flag (NO), the electronic money server 80 transmits charge OK information to the mobile phone 4 (Sc05).

  Upon receiving the charge OK information, the mobile phone 4 transmits a reception response to the electronic money server 80 by the processing of the electronic money usage program (Sc06), and the issue number and A write start request including the issue amount and the mobile phone ID stored in the IC chip is transmitted to the remote issue server 110 (Sc08).

  When the electronic money server 80 receives the reception response, the electronic money server 80 associates the issue amount stored in the issue history DB shown in FIG. 41 in association with the issue number included in the charge execution request into the mobile phone corresponding to the issue number. 40 is added to the electronic money amount stored in the electronic money DB shown in FIG. 40 and the current charge amount in association with the ID, and “1” is stored as a charged flag corresponding to the issue number in the issue history DB. (Sc07).

  When receiving the write start request, the remote issue server 110 determines whether or not the issue number included in the write start request is stored in the write status DB shown in FIG. 2 (Sc09). If it is determined in Sc9 that the issue number is not stored (NO), the remote issue server 110 correlates with the mobile phone ID included in the write start request in the write status DB. The issue number and issue amount included in the write start request are stored, and “0 (that is, the writing process has not been completed)” is stored as a written flag (Sc10), and the write execution information is stored. Transmission to the mobile phone 4 (Sc11). On the other hand, if it is determined in Sc09 that the issue number is stored (YES), the remote issue server 110 associates the issue number with “1” (that is, write) in the write status DB in association with the issue number. It is determined whether or not “the process has been completed” is stored (Sc12). If it is determined in Sc12 that “1” is stored as the written flag (YES), the remote issuing server 110 displays a written screen indicating that the writing has been completed on the mobile phone 4. Send to. On the other hand, when it is determined in Sc12 that “0” is not stored as the written flag (NO), the remote issuing server 110 transmits the write execution information to the mobile phone 4 (Sc11). .

  Then, the remote issue server 110 that has transmitted the write execution information directly exchanges with the IC chip without using the electronic money use program stored in the IC chip of the mobile phone 4, thereby obtaining the issue amount. 4 is stored (charged) in the IC chip. Specifically, the CPU of the IC chip is instructed to write the issued amount, and the CPU performs the writing process by adding the issued amount to the electronic money amount stored in the EEPROM by the CPU. (Sc13) When the writing process is completed, the writing completion information is transmitted to the mobile phone 4 (Sc14), and “1” is written as a written flag corresponding to the issue number in the writing information DB. Is stored (Sc15).

  When the mobile phone 4 receives the write completion information, the mobile phone 4 displays a DK17 charge completion screen included in the electronic money usage program. In DK17, the issue amount included in the e-mail developed in Sc01 is displayed as the current charge amount, and the balance of the electronic money amount stored in the IC chip after charging is displayed. When the “menu” button is operated on the DK 17, the menu screen shown in the DK 10 of FIG. 5 is restored.

  The amount of electronic money stored (charged) in the cellular phone 4 in this way is the IC chip R / W 25 of the ball lending unit 20 shown in FIG. 15 or the simple ball lending unit 20 ′ shown in FIG. After the mutual authentication is performed between the IC chip R / W 25 and the IC chip mounted on the mobile phone 4, the electronic money ball lending process shown in FIG. This will be described later.

  Next, direct payment processing will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. If it is determined in Sb06 in FIG. 6 that the settlement bank is the second financial institution that supports direct settlement (NO), the process proceeds to FIG. 9, and the electronic money server 80 determines the cellular phone ID and the cellular phone. A second settlement request including the account number and password stored in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39 in association with the ID and the total amount displayed by DK12 is sent to the financial institution server 100A of the settlement bank. (Sb31). The electronic money server 80 that performs the process of transmitting the second settlement request of Sb31 is an example of the settlement processing unit, and has received a charge request for requesting charging of the electronic money to the mobile phone 4 from the mobile phone 4 Based on this, a settlement process is performed to settle a charge amount corresponding to the electronic money charged to the mobile phone 4 using the balance of the account opened by the user of the mobile phone 4 in the financial institution. Here, as the settlement processing, the second settlement request is sent to the second financial institution server on the condition that the financial institution determination means (the control unit 82 that performs Sb06) determines that the second financial institution is the second settlement. Processing to be transmitted to (financial institution server 100A), that is, from an account specified from account specifying information stored in the financial institution storage means (mobile phone DB) It performs a process of sending a second payment request for pre-request.

  When the financial institution server 100A receives the second settlement request, the financial institution server 100A authenticates the account number and the personal identification number included in the second settlement request, and determines whether or not the authentication is OK (Sb32). If the authentication is NG (NO), the financial institution server 100A delivers a re-login screen that prompts the user to log in again to the mobile phone 4. On the other hand, if the authentication is OK (YES), the financial institution server 100A determines whether or not the balance of the deposit account with the account number is equal to or greater than the total amount included in the login request (Sb33). If the balance of the deposit account is less than the total amount (NO), the financial institution server 100A distributes an error screen indicating that to the mobile phone 4. On the other hand, if the balance of the deposit account is equal to or greater than the total amount (YES), the financial institution server 100A deducts the total amount from the deposit account, and subtracts the purchase amount of the total amount (ie, the fee from the total amount). Amount) is transferred to the payment account of the card company provided in the financial institution server 100B, and the fee of the total amount is transferred to the payment account of the remote issuing center (Sb34). A second settlement completion notice including the mobile phone ID included in the second settlement request and the purchase amount transferred to the settlement account of the card company is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (Sb35).

  When receiving the second settlement completion notification, the electronic money server 80 generates an issuance number and associates it with the mobile phone ID included in the second settlement completion notification in the issuance history DB shown in FIG. The issued issue number is stored, the purchase amount included in the second settlement completion notification is stored as the issue amount, “purchase” is stored as the type, and “0” (that is, the issue amount is stored in the mobile phone 4) as the charged flag. “Not charged”) is stored (Sb36).

  Then, the electronic money server 80 transmits charge OK information to the mobile phone 4 (Sb37). The electronic money server 80 that performs the process of transmitting the charge OK information of Sb37 is an example of a second charge processing unit, on condition that a settlement completion notification for notifying that the settlement has been completed is received. A charge process for charging the mobile phone 4 with electronic money corresponding to the charge amount (issue amount) is executed. Here, as the charge process, a second settlement completion notification for the second settlement request is sent to the second settlement request. On condition that the mobile phone 4 is received from the financial institution server (financial institution server 100A), a second charge process for charging the mobile phone 4 with electronic money is executed. The process of charging the electronic money is executed.

  When the transmission of the charge OK information is performed as described above, the process of Sc06 and later described with reference to FIG.

  As described above, when a charge request (Sb03 in FIG. 6) is received from the mobile phone 4 owned by the user, the user uses the balance of the account opened at the financial institution to settle the charge amount. A settlement process (Sb11 in FIG. 7, Sb31 in FIG. 9) is performed, and when the settlement is completed, a charge process (Sb23 in FIG. 7, FIG. 9) for air-charging electronic money corresponding to the charge amount to the mobile phone 4 is performed. Sb37) is executed, so that even if the user does not own the value at hand, electronic money can be charged to the mobile phone 4 and the convenience of the user who owns the mobile phone 4 is improved. Can be made.

  In addition, not only financial institutions that are members of a dedicated network (first financial institutions that support indirect payments) but also financial institutions that are not members of a dedicated network (second financial institutions that support direct payments) are charged with electronic money. Since it can be used for the settlement of the amount, the convenience of the user can be improved and the use of electronic money can be promoted.

  Further, regardless of whether the designated financial institution is the first financial institution or the second financial institution, information that can identify the financial institution stored in advance in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39 or account identification information is used. Since the payment is made, it is possible to save the trouble of inputting information for the payment every time the electronic money is charged, and the convenience of the user can be improved.

  Furthermore, for the user who designates the first financial institution, an e-mail (Sb23 in FIG. 7) notifying that the electronic money can be charged is transmitted to the mobile phone 4, so that charging is possible. And the mobile phone 4 is charged with electronic money by manipulating the link information included in the e-mail. Therefore, the operation burden for charging the user's electronic money is reduced. Can be reduced. In addition, for the user who designates the second financial institution, the electronic money is charged to the mobile phone 4 even if the user does not perform any operation after the settlement, so the electronic money is quickly charged to the mobile phone 4. be able to.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 11 to 14, various requests and information transmitted from the PC 5 or the mobile phone 4 (hereinafter referred to as “access terminal”) to the point management device 90 via the Internet. Will be described. Each of the screens shown in FIGS. 11 to 14 is a screen that is distributed from the point management device 90 that is a web server via the Internet and displayed on the display of the access terminal.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11, first, a user who is a store member of a point service member store looks at a poster regarding point member registration posted in the store, and from an access terminal owned by the user, When an e-mail is sent to the e-mail address posted on the poster (here, a so-called blank e-mail with no title or content input), the e-mail is sent to the point management device 90 via the Internet. The point management device 90 returns an e-mail including a URL for accessing the login screen of the point member dedicated home page to the access terminal.

  When the user expands the e-mail and clicks on the URL included in the e-mail at the access terminal that has received the e-mail, distribution is performed from the website provided by the point management device 90 that is the access destination indicated by the URL. The login screen shown in D100 is displayed. In this D100, an entry field for a member card ID or electronic money medium ID that has already been registered as a point member, an entry field for a personal identification number, and a “login” button are displayed, and “ The “New Registration” button is displayed.

  Here, the point member registration process performed by the point management device 90 will be described with reference to the screens shown in FIGS. 12 to 13 and the flowchart shown in FIG. When the “new registration” button is operated in D100 shown in FIG. 11, the access terminal displays a registration medium selection screen shown in D110 of FIG. 12 distributed from the website. In D110, a “member card” button and an “electronic money medium” are displayed as buttons for selecting the type of medium to be registered as a point member.

  When the “member card” button is operated in D110, the access terminal displays an attribute information input screen shown in D111 of FIG. 12 distributed from the website. In D111, an input field for a member card ID, an input field for a password to be registered, and an input field for name, address, sex, and date of birth, which are user attribute information, are displayed. In D111, when the “registration” button is operated after being entered in each input field, the access terminal points including the entered membership card ID, personal identification number, name, address, gender, and date of birth. A member registration request is transmitted to the point management device 90.

  The access terminal that accepts input in D111 is an example of a point member registration accepting unit, and accepts from the user point member registration for receiving use points for the member card 2, and identifies the user who performs the point member registration Acceptable user identification information (attribute information here) is received.

  When the point management device 90 receives the point member registration request, it performs the point member registration process shown in FIG. First, the point management device 90 determines whether or not a member card ID is included in the received point member registration request (S500). Here, it is determined that the member is a member card 2 (YES). Then, the point management device 90 determines whether or not the same attribute information has been registered in order to eliminate duplicate point member registration by the same user (S501). Specifically, the same attribute information as the attribute information (name, address, sex, and date of birth) included in the point member registration request is assigned to the member card ID other than the member card ID included in the point registration request. Correspondingly, it is determined whether or not it is already registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. The control unit 92 that performs the determination in S501 is an example of a user identification information reception determination unit, and whether user identification information that is the same as the user identification information (attribute information here) received by the point member registration reception unit has already been received. It is determined whether or not (that is, registered in the point member DB).

  If it is determined in S501 that the same attribute information is not registered (NO), the point management device 90 performs point member registration (S502). Specifically, in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43, the member card ID, password, and attribute information (name, address, sex, and date of birth) included in the point member registration request are registered in association with each other. At the same time, today's registration flag 1 (that is, the fact that the point member registration was performed today) is registered.

  In addition, when the potential use point is given to the member card ID that has performed the point member registration, the point management device 90 performs the transfer of the potential use point (S503). Specifically, in the point-of-use DB shown in FIG. 44, the member card ID for which the point member registration is performed is first stored in the data table of (a), and then the member card ID is stored in the data table of (b). The stored prepaid usage amount of the store is transferred to the data table of (a) and stored in association with the member card ID, and then the member card ID is stored in the data table of (b). The potential use points of our shop are transferred to the data table of (a) as regular use points, and stored in association with the member card ID. By transferring the potential use points, the transferred use points can be used. If no potential use points are given to the member card ID for which point member registration has been performed, the processing of S503 is not performed.

  The control unit 92 that performs the process of S503 is an example of a point transfer processing unit, and on the condition that the point member registration has been received, the use points (that is, the points used for the member card 2 that has received the point member registration) (that is, (Potential use point) is transferred as a regular use point of the member card 2. According to this, when the point member registration is accepted, the potential use points granted before accepting the point member registration are transferred as the regular use points of the member card 2, so that the user can select the point member registration at the timing of accepting the point member registration. There is no disadvantage.

  Then, the point management apparatus 90 distributes the registration completion screen shown in D112 of FIG. 12 to the access terminal (S504), ends the point member registration process, and the access terminal displays D112. In D112, the fact that the point member registration has been completed and the usage points transferred from the potential usage points are displayed, and an “additional registration of electronic money medium ID” button for accepting additional registration of electronic money medium IDs; , “Menu” button is displayed. If the “additional registration of electronic money medium ID” button is operated here, the process proceeds to D180 described later, and if the “menu” button is operated, the process proceeds to D150 described later.

  If it is determined in S501 of FIG. 47 that the same attribute information is registered (YES), the point management device 90 distributes a registration impossible screen shown in D113 of FIG. 12 to the access terminal (S511). ), The access terminal displays the D113. In D113, the fact that the same attribute information has already been registered is displayed, indicating that point member registration is not possible. In the case of takeover, a “takeover” button is displayed for accepting point member registration. . When the “takeover” button is operated in D113, the access terminal transmits a member card takeover command to the point management device 90.

  The access terminal which is the point member registration receiving means for displaying the screen of D113 has already received the same user specifying information (attribute information) by the user specifying information receiving determining means (that is, registered in the point member DB). Point member registration will not be accepted on the condition that it has been determined. According to this, since it is possible to eliminate duplicate point member registration by the same user, by performing point member registration on the other person's member card 2, the points given to the other person's member card 2 can be self-recognized. The act of adding to the points given to the member card 2 can be prevented.

  Returning to FIG. 47, the point management device 90 that performed the processing of S511 waits for the reception of the member card takeover command transmitted from the access terminal (S512), and if the member card takeover command is received ( YES), a takeover member card confirmation screen shown in D114 of FIG. 12 including the member card ID registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with the same attribute information as the takeover member card ID. Distribution is made to the access terminal (S513), and the access terminal displays the D114. In D114, the member card ID of the takeover source is displayed and a “takeover” button for executing the takeover is displayed. When the “takeover” button is operated in D114, the access terminal takes over the membership card including the member card ID of the takeover destination input in D111 and the member card ID of the takeover source received from the point management device 90. The request is transmitted to the point management device 90.

  Here, the access terminal is an example of a takeover information accepting unit, and is information that can specify the takeover source point given to the member card 2 of the point takeover source (member card ID of the takeover source received from the point management device 90) And the information that can identify the member card 2 of the point transfer destination (the member card ID of the transfer destination input in D111 of FIG. 12). The specific information (attribute information) is received based on the determination that it has already been received (that is, registered in the point member DB). According to this, when the same attribute information as the attribute information of the user who performs the point member registration has already been received, it is possible to accept the takeover along with the acceptance of the point member registration. Can be reduced.

  Returning to FIG. 47, the point management device 90 that performed the processing of S513 waits for reception of a member card takeover request transmitted from the access terminal (S514), and if the member card takeover request is received (S514). YES), the membership card takeover process shown in FIG. 48 is performed (S515), and the point member registration process is terminated.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 48, an example of the membership card takeover process performed by the point management device 90 will be described. FIG. 48 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the use point DB (FIG. 44) by the membership card takeover process. An example in which the previous member card ID is A01234 that has not been registered will be described. In this example, the user lost the A00888 membership card 2 on March 5 and received a reissue of the membership card 2 of A01234, and on March 5, the repaid A01234 prepaid balance Is used, and on March 5 and 6, the electronic money amount of the electronic money medium of K00417 associated with the lost A00888 is used, and transfer is performed on March 7. .

  First, when the point management device 90 receives a member card takeover request, as a process of [1], first, in the point member DB, regarding the member card ID (A01234) of the takeover destination included in the member card takeover request, In the same manner as described in S502 of FIG. 47, when the point member registration is performed and the electronic money medium ID (K00417) is associated with the takeover member card ID (A00888), The money medium ID is registered in association with the takeover member card ID.

  Second, in the point-of-use DB, in the same manner as described in S503 of FIG. 47, the member card ID (A01234) of the takeover destination that performed the point member registration in the data table of FIG. 44B is used. Each associated data (that is, prepaid use amount and potential use point of our shop) is transferred to the data table of FIG. 44 (a) (potential use points are transferred as regular use points), and When the electronic money medium ID (K00417) is associated with the member card ID (A00888), the electronic money medium ID is registered in association with the member card ID of the takeover destination. Thirdly, in the use point DB, the takeover member card ID (A00888) and the takeover date (March 7) are stored as takeover identification information in association with the takeover destination member card ID (A01234). To do.

  Next, as the processing of [2], the point management device 90 performs each data (that is, the prepaid usage amount and the usage point of the store, each of the data associated with the member card ID (A00888) of the takeover source in the usage point DB, The electronic money usage amount of the member store and the member store point) are transferred to the member card ID (A01234) of the transfer destination, and each total is updated. Here, with regard to the use points and each member store point, the sum of the daily takeover source point and the takeover destination point is 10 points which is the upper limit set on the point grant upper limit setting screen shown in FIG. If it exceeds, the 10 points will be taken over. In this example, for example, with respect to the points used on March 5, for example, the combined value of 4 points of the takeover source and 10 points of the takeover destination is 14 points, so 10 points which is the upper limit value are taken over. As a result, each data of the takeover source becomes 0, and each data of the takeover destination becomes the sum of the value of the takeover source and the value of the takeover destination (however, up to the upper limit value for use points and each member store point). .

  Further, the point management device 90 converts each consumption point (ie, a consumption point for the used point and a consumption point for each member store point) associated with the inheritance member card ID (A00888) to the inheritance member card ID. In succession to (A01234), each point balance is updated by subtracting each consumption point from the use point and each member store point.

  The control unit 92 that performs the process [2] is an example of a takeover processing unit, and a takeover source point (used point and use point) specified from information (member card takeover request) received by the takeover information receiving unit (access terminal). Each member store point) is transferred as a point of the member card 2 as a transfer destination. According to this, since the takeover source point given to the member card 2 of the takeover source can be taken over as the point of the member card 2 of the takeover destination, for example, the convenience of the user who has lost the member card 2 can be improved.

  In addition, the control unit 92 serving as the takeover processing means, as the takeover process, points (used points and each member store point) given to the takeover member card 2 at the same grant interval (here, every day) and the takeover destination On the condition that the total value with the points given to the member card 2 exceeds the upper limit set by the upper limit setting means (display 93 and input device 94 shown in FIG. 42 (c)) The process of taking over the upper limit point is performed. According to this, it is possible to prevent an act of receiving points given beyond the upper limit by misusing the takeover.

  Next, as the process [3], the point management device 90 deletes the data of the member card ID (A00888) of the takeover source in the point member DB and the used point DB. Thereby, even if the member card 2 of the takeover source is used after the takeover date, use points corresponding to the prepaid use amount are not given. In addition, because the transfer identification information is stored in association with the takeover member card ID (A01234), the use point of the use of the takeover member card 2 is given on the day of the takeover date. This will be described later with reference to FIG. Then, the point management device 90 distributes to the access terminal a takeover completion screen (not shown) indicating that the takeover is completed as the process [4], and ends the membership card takeover process.

  Returning to FIG. 12, when the “electronic money medium ID” button is operated in D110, the access terminal displays the attribute information input screen shown in D121 of FIG. 13 distributed from the website. In D121, an input field for an electronic money medium ID, an input field for a password to be registered, and an input field for name, address, sex, and date of birth, which are user attribute information, are displayed. In the mobile phone 4 storing the electronic money usage program, “4. Point member-specific HP” is selected in the DK 10 in FIG. 5, and the transition is made from D 100 in FIG. 11 to D 110 in FIG. 12 to D 121 in FIG. In this case, in D121, the mobile phone ID stored in the IC chip is input to the input field of the electronic money medium ID by the processing of the electronic money use program. In this D121, when the “registration” button is operated after input in each input field, the access terminal includes the input electronic money medium ID, personal identification number, name, address, gender, and date of birth. A point member registration request is transmitted to the point management device 90.

  The access terminal that accepts an input in D121 is an example of a point member registration accepting unit, and accepts a point member registration for receiving a charge point for an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) from a user. User identification information (here, attribute information) that can identify the user who performs the point member registration is received. The access terminal is also an example of a privilege member registration acceptance unit, and accepts privilege member registration (here, point member registration) from the user for receiving issuance of privilege electronic money for the electronic money medium.

  When the point management device 90 receives the point member registration request, it performs the point member registration process shown in FIG. First, the point management device 90 determines whether or not the received point member registration request includes a member card ID (S500). Here, it is not a member card 2 (NO), that is, an electronic money medium ID. It is determined that Then, the point management device 90 determines whether or not the same attribute information has been registered in order to eliminate duplicate point member registration by the same user (S521). Specifically, the same attribute information as the attribute information (name, address, sex, and date of birth) included in the point member registration request is an electronic money medium other than the electronic money medium ID included in the point registration request. It is determined whether or not it is already registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with the ID. The control unit 92 that performs the determination in S521 is an example of a user identification information reception determination unit, and whether user identification information that is the same as the user identification information (here, attribute information) received by the point member registration reception unit has already been received. It is determined whether or not (that is, registered in the point member DB).

  If it is determined in S521 that the same attribute information is not registered (NO), the point management device 90 performs point member registration (S522). Specifically, in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43, the electronic money medium ID, password, and attribute information (name, address, gender, and date of birth) included in the point member registration request are registered in association with each other. At the same time, today's registration flag 1 (that is, the fact that the point member registration was performed today) is registered.

  Further, when the potential charge point is given to the electronic money medium ID for which the point member registration has been performed, the point management device 90 performs the transfer of the potential charge point (S523). Specifically, in the charge point DB shown in FIG. 45, first, the electronic money medium ID for which the point member registration has been performed is stored in the data table of (a), and then the data of (b) for the electronic money medium ID. The charge amount stored in the table and the electronic money usage amount of each non-member store are transferred to the data table of (a), stored in association with the electronic money medium ID, and then the electronic money medium ID. The electronic money medium is transferred to the data table of (a) using the potential charge points corresponding to the charge amount stored in the data table of (b) and the potential charge points of each non-member store as regular charge points. Store in association with the ID. By transferring the latent charge points, the transferred charge points can be used. If no potential charge points are given to the electronic money medium ID for which point member registration has been performed, the processing of S523 is not performed.

  The control unit 92 that performs the process of S523 is an example of a point transfer processing unit, and on the condition that the point member registration has been received, the charge points (to be given to the electronic money medium ID that has received the point member registration) ( That is, a process of transferring the potential charge point) as a regular charge point of the electronic money medium is performed. According to this, when the point member registration is accepted, the latent charge points granted before accepting the point member registration are transferred as regular charge points of the electronic money medium, so that the user can change the timing at which the point member registration is accepted. There is no disadvantage.

  The point management device 90 issues a potential bonus electronic money including the electronic money medium ID and the potential bonus electronic money when the potential bonus electronic money is issued for the electronic money medium ID that has been registered as the point member. The request is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (S524). When receiving the potential privilege electronic money issuance request, the electronic money server 80 includes the potential privilege electronic money included in the potential privilege electronic money issuance request as shown in FIG. This is issued as regular privileged electronic money of the electronic money medium with the electronic money medium ID, which will be described later.

  Then, the point management device 90 distributes the registration completion screen shown in D122 of FIG. 13 to the access terminal (S525), ends the point member registration process, and the access terminal displays D122. In D122, the fact that the point member registration has been completed and the charge points transferred from the latent charge points are displayed, and an “additional registration of member card ID” button for accepting additional registration of the member card ID; Menu "button is displayed. When the “additional registration of member card ID” button is operated here, the process proceeds to D190 described later, and when the “menu” button is operated, the process proceeds to D150 described later.

  If it is determined in S521 of FIG. 47 that the same attribute information is registered (YES), the point management device 90 distributes the registration impossible screen shown in D123 of FIG. 13 to the access terminal (S531). ), The access terminal displays the D123. In D123, the fact that the same attribute information has already been registered is displayed, indicating that point member registration is not possible, and in the case of takeover, the electronic money medium to be registered (that is, the electronic money input in D121) is accepted to allow point member registration. A “takeover destination” button and a “takeover source” button for designating whether the electronic money medium of the medium ID is a point takeover destination or a point takeover source are displayed.

  The access terminal which is the point member registration receiving means for displaying the screen of D123 has already received the same user specifying information (attribute information) by the user specifying information receiving determining means (that is, registered in the point member DB). Point member registration is not accepted (that is, point member registration is not performed). According to this, since it is possible to eliminate duplicate point member registration by the same user, by performing point member registration on another person's electronic money medium, the points given to the other person's electronic money medium can be self-recognized. It is possible to prevent the act of adding to the points given to the electronic money medium. In addition, a point member registration is performed for each of the electronic money cards 3 (or a separate membership for each of the mobile phone 4 and the electronic money card 3 received from the electronic money card 3 separately from the mobile phone 4). And the act of receiving points that exceed the upper limit given during a predetermined period can be prevented.

  When the “takeover destination” button is operated in D123, the access terminal transmits an electronic money medium takeover command indicating that the electronic money medium to be registered is the point takeover destination to the point management apparatus 90. On the other hand, when the “takeover source” button is operated in D123, the access terminal transmits an electronic money medium takeover command indicating that the electronic money medium to be registered is the point takeover source to the point management device 90. .

  Returning to FIG. 47, the point management apparatus 90 that has performed the processing of S531 waits for reception of the electronic money medium takeover command transmitted from the access terminal (S512), and has received the electronic money medium takeover command. (YES), it is determined whether or not the electronic money medium to be registered is a point takeover destination (S533).

  If it is determined in S533 that the electronic money medium to be registered is a point takeover destination (YES), that is, it is determined that the received electronic money medium takeover command is a point takeover destination, the same attribute information is included in the same attribute information. The transfer source electronic money medium confirmation screen shown in D124 of FIG. 13 including the electronic money medium ID registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with it as the transfer source electronic money medium ID is distributed to the access terminal. The access terminal displays D124 (S534). In D124, the takeover source electronic money medium ID is displayed, and a "takeover" button for executing the takeover is displayed. When the “takeover” button is operated in D124, the access terminal includes the transfer destination electronic money card ID input in D121 and the transfer source electronic money card ID received from the point management device 90. One electronic money medium takeover request is transmitted to the point management device 90.

  Here, the access terminal is an example of a takeover information accepting unit, and is information that can identify a takeover source point assigned to a point takeover source electronic money medium (a takeover source electronic money medium ID received from the point management device 90) ) And information that can specify the electronic money medium ID of the point takeover destination (the electronic money medium ID of the takeover destination input in D121 of FIG. 13). The reception is performed based on the determination that the same user specifying information (attribute information) has already been received (that is, registered in the point member DB). According to this, when the same attribute information as the attribute information of the user who performs the point member registration has already been received, it is possible to accept the takeover along with the acceptance of the point member registration. Can be reduced.

  Returning to FIG. 47, the point management apparatus 90 that performed the processing of S534 waits for reception of the first electronic money medium takeover request transmitted from the access terminal (S535), and the first electronic money medium If a takeover request is received (YES), the first electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIGS. 49 and 50 is performed (S536), and the point member registration process is terminated.

  Here, an example of the first electronic money medium takeover process performed by the point management device 90 will be described with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50. FIG. 49 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the charge point DB (FIG. 45) by the first electronic money medium takeover process. As shown in [0], the takeover source electronic money medium ID (here, An example in which the mobile phone ID) is registered K00001 and the takeover electronic money medium ID (here, electronic money card ID) is an unregistered DM 41267 will be described. In this example, the user forgets the mobile phone 4 of K00001 on March 5, for example, receives the issue of the electronic money card 3 of DM41267, and the DM41267 that received the issue on March 5th and 6th. The electronic money was charged to K00001 on March 6, and the mobile phone 4 of K00001 became unavailable on March 7 due to cancellation or model change. In this example, the electronic money card 3 is taken over.

  First, when receiving the first electronic money medium takeover request, the point management device 90 is not included in the first electronic money medium takeover request in order not to take over from the mobile phone 4 to the mobile phone 4 (not shown). It is determined whether or not both the takeover source and takeover destination electronic money medium IDs are mobile phone IDs. Here, when it is determined that both are mobile phone IDs, a screen indicating that transfer from the mobile phone 4 to the mobile phone 4 cannot be performed is delivered to the access terminal, and the first electronic money medium transfer processing is performed. Exit.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that at least one is an electronic money card ID, the point management apparatus 90 first performs the first electronic money medium takeover request in the point member DB as the process [1]. In the same manner as described in S522 of FIG. 47, the point member registration is performed for the electronic money medium ID (DM41267) of the takeover destination included in FIG. If (A00001) is associated, the member card ID is registered in association with the takeover destination electronic money medium ID.

  Second, in the charge point DB, the electronic money medium ID (DM41267) of the takeover destination that performed the point member registration in the data table of FIG. 45B in the same manner as described in S523 of FIG. 45 shows the data associated with each other (that is, the charge amount and the potential charge point according to the charge amount, the electronic money usage amount at each non-member store, and the potential charge point according to the electronic money usage amount). (A) When moving to the data table (potential charge points are transferred as regular charge points) and the member card ID (A00001) is associated with the electronic money medium ID (K00001) of the takeover source Registers the membership card ID in association with the takeover electronic money medium ID.

  Third, in the same manner as described in S524 of FIG. 47, the electronic money medium ID (DM41267) of the transfer destination that has performed the point member registration and the electronic money medium ID of the transfer destination are shown in FIG. A potential privilege electronic money issuance request including the amount of potential privilege electronic money managed in the data table of b) (here, 1500 yen) is transmitted to the electronic money server 80.

  And fourthly, in the charge point DB, the electronic money medium ID (K00001) of the takeover source and the takeover date (March 7) are associated with the electronic money medium ID (DM41267) of the takeover destination, and the transfer specification information Remember as.

  Next, as the processing of [2], the point management device 90 performs, in the charge point DB, each piece of data associated with the takeover source electronic money medium ID (K00001) (that is, the charge amount and the charge corresponding to the charge amount). The points, the amount of electronic money used at each non-member store, and the charge point corresponding to the amount of electronic money used) are handed over to the succeeding electronic money medium ID (DM41267) to update each cumulative total. Here, for each charge point, the combined value of each day's takeover source point and takeover destination point exceeds 10 points, which is the upper limit value set on the point grant upper limit setting screen shown in FIG. 42 (c). If so, take over the 10 points. In this example, for the charge point corresponding to the charge amount on March 6, for example, the sum of 3 points of the takeover source and 10 points of the takeover destination is 13 points, so the upper limit of 10 points is taken over. Thereby, each data of the takeover source becomes 0, and each data of the takeover destination becomes a total value of the takeover source value and the takeover destination value (but up to an upper limit value for each charge point).

  In addition, the point management device 90 uses the consumption points associated with the electronic money medium ID (K00001) of the takeover source (that is, the consumption points for the charge points according to the charge amount and the amount of electronic money used at each non-member store). The point balance is updated by subtracting each consumption point from each charge point by taking over the consumption point corresponding to the charge point) to the succeeding electronic money medium ID (DM41267).

  The control unit 92 that performs the process [2] is an example of a transfer processing unit, and is a transfer source point (charge amount) specified from information (member card transfer request) received by the transfer information receiving unit (access terminal). The transfer process is performed to transfer the consumption points for the corresponding charge points and the consumption points for the charge points according to the amount of electronic money used at each non-member store as the points of the electronic money medium ID of the transfer destination. According to this, the takeover source point assigned to the takeover source electronic money medium ID can be taken over as the point of the takeover destination electronic money medium.

  Further, the control unit 92 serving as the takeover processing means performs, as takeover processing, points given to the electronic money medium of the takeover source at the same grant interval (here, every day) (charge points according to the charge amount, The sum of the charge points according to the amount of electronic money used at the member store) and the points given to the succeeding electronic money medium is the upper limit setting means (display 93 and input device 94 shown in FIG. 42 (c)). ) Is performed on the condition that the upper limit value set in (1) is exceeded. According to this, it is possible to prevent an act of receiving points given beyond the upper limit by misusing the takeover.

  Next, the point management device 90 deletes the data of the electronic money medium ID (K00001) as the takeover source in the point member DB and the charge point DB as the process [3]. As a result, even if the electronic money medium of the takeover source is used after the takeover date, the charge point according to the charge amount or the charge point according to the electronic money usage amount at the non-member store is not given. In addition, since the transfer specific information is stored in association with the transfer destination electronic money medium ID (DM41267), a charge point for use of the transfer source electronic money medium is given on the day of the transfer date. This will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Then, the point management apparatus 90 determines whether or not the member card ID is associated with the takeover destination electronic money medium ID as the process of [4]. If it is determined here that the member card ID is not associated, the point management device 90 delivers a takeover completion screen (not shown) indicating that the takeover has been completed to the access terminal, and the first The electronic money medium takeover process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the member card ID is associated, the point management device 90 proceeds to FIG. 50 and takes over the used points. FIG. 50 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the use point DB (FIG. 44) by the first electronic money medium takeover process.

  First, as the process [1], the point management device 90 firstly, in the use point DB, first, the electronic money medium ID (DM41267) of the takeover destination and the membership card ID associated with the electronic money medium ID ( A00001) is stored in the data table of (a), and the prepaid usage amount of our store and the electronic money usage amount of each member store stored in the data table of (c) for the electronic money medium ID ( a) Move to the data table, store the electronic money medium ID in association with the electronic money medium ID, and then store the potential use points and each member store of the electronic money medium ID stored in the data table of (c). The potential merchant points are transferred to the data table of (a) as regular use points and stored in association with the electronic money medium ID. That. Second, in the use point DB, the takeover specifying information includes the takeover electronic money medium ID (K00001) and the takeover date (March 7) in association with the takeover electronic money medium ID (DM41267). Remember as.

  Then, the point management device 90 performs the same processing as [2] and subsequent steps in the membership card takeover process shown in FIG. 48, and ends the first electronic money medium takeover process. Specifically, the data transfer from the transfer source to the transfer destination in FIG. 48 [2], the deletion of the transfer source data in the use point DB in FIG. 48 [3], and the transfer completion screen in FIG. 48 [4]. And the first electronic money medium takeover process is terminated.

  49 and FIG. 50 described above, when handing over from the takeover source mobile phone 4 to the takeover destination electronic money card 3, the mobile phone 4 capable of charging electronic money cannot be used. User convenience can be improved. In the first electronic money medium transfer process, it is naturally possible to transfer from the transfer source electronic money card 3 to the transfer destination mobile phone 4. In this case, the use of the mobile phone 4 is newly started. Convenience for users who use the electronic money card 3 temporarily. Although not shown, in the first electronic money medium takeover process, the end point points (cumulative, consumption, point balance) stored in the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46A are also transferred from the takeover source to the takeover destination. Will be taken over.

  Returning to FIG. 47, if it is determined in S533 that the electronic money medium to be registered is a point takeover source (NO), that is, it is determined that the received electronic money medium takeover command is a point takeover source, the same The access destination electronic money medium confirmation screen shown in D125 of FIG. 13 including the electronic money medium ID registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with the attribute information of FIG. (S541), and the access terminal displays the D125.

  In D125, the takeover destination electronic money medium ID is displayed, and the takeover timing for executing the takeover is the date when the takeover destination electronic money medium is next used (hereinafter referred to as "next use date"). Radio buttons for selecting whether or not to be designated, and a "takeover" button for executing the takeover. Here, the designation of the takeover timing is accepted, for example, when the mobile phone 4 that is normally used has failed, and when the electronic money card 3 is issued and used temporarily, the mobile phone 4 has failed. Before repairing, when taking over using the mobile phone 4 as the takeover destination and taking over the temporarily used electronic money card 3 as the takeover source, if the takeover is immediately executed, the takeover is executed. Until the failure of the mobile phone 4 is corrected, neither the electronic money card 3 nor the mobile phone 4 can be used, so that the next use date of the succeeding mobile phone 4 or the failure of the mobile phone 4 This is so that the takeover is executed on the designated date in anticipation of the time to repair.

  In D125, when the radio button for the next use date is selected and the “takeover” button is operated, the access terminal receives the electronic money card ID of the takeover destination input in D121 and the point management device 90. A second electronic money medium transfer request including the transfer source electronic money card ID and the transfer date is the next use date is transmitted to the point management device 90. On the other hand, when the designated date radio button is selected in D125, the designated date is input, and the "takeover" button is operated, the access terminal receives the electronic money card ID of the takeover destination entered in D121 and the point A second electronic money medium transfer request including the transfer source electronic money card ID received from the management device 90 and the designated date input is transmitted to the point management device 90.

  Here, the access terminal is an example of a takeover information accepting unit, and is information that can identify the takeover source point assigned to the point takeover source electronic money medium (the takeover destination electronic money medium input in D121 of FIG. 13). ID) and information (identification source electronic money medium ID received from the point management device 90) that can identify the point money transfer destination electronic money medium ID, and here, by the user specific information acceptance determination means The reception is performed based on the determination that the same user specifying information (attribute information) has already been received (that is, registered in the point member DB). According to this, when the same attribute information as the attribute information of the user who performs the point member registration has already been received, it is possible to accept the takeover along with the acceptance of the point member registration. Can be reduced.

  Returning to FIG. 47, the point management apparatus 90 that performed the process of S541 waits for the reception of the second electronic money medium takeover request transmitted from the access terminal (S542), and the second electronic money medium If a takeover request is received (YES), the second electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIGS. 51 and 52 is performed (S543), and the point member registration process is terminated.

  Here, an example of the second electronic money medium takeover process performed by the point management device 90 will be described with reference to FIGS. 51 and 52. FIG. 51 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the charge point DB (FIG. 45) by the second electronic money medium transfer process. As shown in [0], the transfer destination electronic money medium ID (here, An example in which the mobile phone ID) is registered K00001 and the takeover source electronic money medium ID (in this case, the electronic money card ID) is an unregistered DM 41267 will be described. In this example, a user forgets the mobile phone 4 of K00001 on March 5 and is issued with an electronic money card 3 of DM41267, and the DM41267 that received the issue on March 5th and 6th. The electronic money was charged to K00001 on March 6, the electronic money was charged to K00001, and the electronic money charged to the electronic money card 3 of DM41267 was used up on March 7. This is an example in which takeover is performed with 4 as the takeover source.

  First, when receiving the second electronic money medium takeover request, the point management device 90 is not included in the second electronic money medium takeover request in order not to take over from the mobile phone 4 to the mobile phone 4 (not shown). It is determined whether or not both the takeover source and takeover destination electronic money medium IDs are mobile phone IDs. Here, when it is determined that both are mobile phone IDs, a screen indicating that transfer from the mobile phone 4 to the mobile phone 4 cannot be performed is delivered to the access terminal, and second electronic money medium transfer processing is performed. Exit.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that at least one is an electronic money card ID, the point management device 90, as not shown, in the charge point DB as the process of [1], takes over the electronic money medium ID (K00001) as the takeover destination. ) And the takeover source electronic money medium ID (DM41267) and the takeover date are stored as takeover specifying information. When the second electronic money medium takeover request includes that the takeover timing is the next use date, the next use date is stored as the takeover date, and when the specified date is included, the takeover date is stored. The specified date is stored as

  Then, the point management device 90 determines whether or not the member card ID is associated with the takeover destination electronic money medium ID as the process [2]. If it is determined that the member card ID is not associated, the point management device 90 displays a takeover notice screen (not shown) indicating that the takeover is performed at the designated takeover timing to the access terminal. Then, the second electronic money medium takeover process is completed.

  After completing the second electronic money medium takeover process, the point management apparatus 90 performs the process [3] with respect to the takeover source electronic money medium ID (DM41267) stored as the next use date. When the electronic money usage amount (FIG. 21 (b)) is received from the hall computer 60 or the today's charge amount (FIG. 40) is received from the electronic money server 80 during the closing process, the date of the day is stored as the takeover date. .

  Then, when the day of the takeover date is reached, the point management device 90 performs the same processing as [4], as described in S524 of FIG. Potential including electronic money medium ID (DM41267) of the takeover source and the amount of potential privilege electronic money (here, 1500 yen) managed in the data table of FIG. 45 (b) for the electronic money medium ID of the takeover source A privilege electronic money issue request is transmitted to the electronic money server 80, and the same processing as [2] and [3] of the first electronic money medium takeover processing shown in FIG. 49 is performed. Specifically, data transfer from the takeover source to the takeover destination in FIG. 49 [2] (however, the latent charge point of the takeover source is taken over as a regular charge point of the takeover destination), and the charge point in FIG. 49 [3] Deletion of takeover source data in DB.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in FIG. 51 [2] that the member card ID is associated, the point management apparatus 90 proceeds to FIG. 52 and takes over the used points. FIG. 52 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the use point DB (FIG. 44) by the second electronic money medium transfer process.

  First, as the processing of [1], the point management apparatus 90 associates with the takeover electronic money medium ID (K00001) in the use point DB, the takeover source electronic money medium ID (DM41267), the takeover date (next use). Date or designated date) is stored as takeover specifying information. Then, as the process [2], the point management device 90 delivers a takeover notice screen (not shown) indicating that the takeover is performed at the designated takeover timing to the access terminal, and takes over the second electronic money medium takeover. The process ends.

  After completing the second electronic money medium takeover process, the point management apparatus 90 performs the process [3] with respect to the takeover source electronic money medium ID (DM41267) stored as the next use date. When the electronic money usage amount (FIG. 21 (b)) is received from the hall computer 60 or the today's charge amount (FIG. 40) is received from the electronic money server 80 during the closing process, the date of the day is stored as the takeover date. .

  Then, when the point management device 90 is the current day of the takeover date, the electronic money medium ID (DM41267 of the takeover source) is stored in the use point DB before the use point granting process (FIG. 56) of the day as the process of [4]. ) Are transferred to the succeeding electronic money medium ID (K00001) (ie, prepaid use amount and potential use points of this store and electronic money use amount and potential member store points of each member store). Then, update each cumulative total. The potential use point of the takeover source is taken over as a regular use point of the takeover destination, and each potential member store point of the takeover source is taken over as each regular member store point of the takeover destination. Here, with regard to the use points and each member store point, the sum of the daily takeover source point and the takeover destination point is 10 points which is the upper limit set on the point grant upper limit setting screen shown in FIG. If it exceeds, the 10 points will be taken over. In this example, for example, with respect to the points used on March 5, the combined value of 8 points of the takeover source and 10 points of the takeover destination is 18 points, so the upper limit of 10 points is taken over. As a result, each data of the takeover source becomes 0, and each data of the takeover destination becomes the sum of the value of the takeover source and the value of the takeover destination (however, up to the upper limit value for use points and each member store point). . And the point management apparatus 90 updates each point balance by subtracting each said consumption point from a use point and each member store point.

  Next, the point management device 90 deletes the data of the takeover source electronic money medium ID (DM41267) in the use point DB as the process [5]. Thereby, even if the electronic money medium of the takeover source is used after the takeover date, use points and member store points corresponding to the electronic money usage amount are not given. In addition, since the takeover specifying information is stored in association with the takeover destination electronic money medium ID (K00001), the use point or the member store point due to the use of the takeover source electronic money medium ID is displayed on the day of the takeover date. This will be described later with reference to FIG.

  The control unit 92 functioning as the takeover processing means for performing the second electronic money medium takeover process, as the takeover process, points given to the electronic money medium of the takeover source that has not accepted the point member registration (that is, (Potential charge point and potential member store point) are transferred as regular points of the electronic money medium of the transfer destination that has received the point member registration. According to this, the point member registration was accepted for the potential points granted to the electronic money medium of the takeover source once without registering the point money for the electronic money medium of the takeover source that has not accepted the point member registration. Since it can be taken over as a regular point of the electronic money medium of the takeover destination, the user's trouble for the takeover can be reduced.

  In addition, as shown in the example shown in FIG. 51 and FIG. 52 described above, when handing over from the transfer source electronic money card 3 to the transfer destination mobile phone 4, a user who newly starts using the mobile phone 4 or The convenience of the user who temporarily uses the electronic money card 3 can be improved. In the second electronic money medium takeover process, it is naturally possible to take over from the takeover source mobile phone 4 to the takeover destination mobile phone 4. In this case, the mobile phone 4 capable of charging electronic money is used. Convenience for users who can no longer use it can be improved. Although not shown, in the second electronic money medium transfer process, the end point points (cumulative, consumption, point balance) stored in the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46A are also transferred from the transfer source to the transfer destination. Will be taken over.

  Returning to FIG. 11, in D100, when the registered member card ID or electronic money medium ID that has been registered as a point member as described above and the personal identification number are input, and the “login” button is operated, The access terminal transmits a login request including the input member card ID or electronic money medium ID (hereinafter referred to as “login ID”) and a personal identification number to the point management device 90 which is a web server. .

  In the access terminal, if the login ID and password are entered on the login screen of D100 and the URL of the login screen is registered in a bookmark (favorite), the entered login ID and password are stored as cookies. Is remembered. When the registered bookmark is selected, the D100 login screen is displayed with the login ID and password stored in the cookie being input.

  When the point management device 90 receives the login request, the point management device 90 collates the login ID and the password included in the login request based on the stored contents of the point member DB shown in FIG. If it is collation NG here, the screen which shows that it is collation NG will be delivered with respect to an access terminal. On the other hand, if the verification is OK, the point balance of the used points stored in the used point DB shown in FIG. 44 in association with the login ID, the point balance of each member store point, and the login ID in association with FIG. The point balance of each charge point stored in the charge point DB shown in FIG. 4 and the electronic money medium ID when the login ID is an electronic money medium ID, or the electronic card when the login ID is a member card ID. The point balance of the end point points stored in the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46A in association with the electronic money medium ID associated with the money medium ID is extracted, and each of the extracted member stores The total merchant points that are the total point balance of points and the total balance that is the total of the point balances of each of the extracted charge points Calculates the over-di point distributes a menu screen shown in D150 to the access terminal, the access terminal displays the D150.

  In D150, the use points and edge points extracted by the point management device 90, the total member store points and the total charge points calculated by the point management device 90 are displayed, and a button for selecting a menu is displayed. As shown, a “use point” button, “update registration information” button, “takeover” button, “additional registration of electronic money medium ID” button, and “additional registration of member card ID” button are displayed. When these buttons are operated, the screen transitions to the screens shown in FIGS. 14 and 60. When the “menu” button is operated on each transitioned screen, the screen returns to the menu screen of D150.

  In D150, when the “update registered information” button is operated, the access terminal transmits a change screen transmission request including the login ID to the point management apparatus 90. Upon receiving the member information change screen transmission request, the point management device 90 extracts the name and address registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with the login ID included in the member information change screen transmission request. Then, the member information change screen shown in D160 of FIG. 14 is distributed to the access terminal, and the access terminal displays D160. In D160, the name and address extracted by the point management device 90 are displayed as the current member information, and the changed name and address input fields are displayed.

  In D160, when the changed name and / or address are input and the “update” button is operated, the access terminal changes the member information including the input name and / or address and the login ID. The request is transmitted to the point management device 90. When the point management device 90 receives the member information change request, the point management device 90 uses the name and / or address registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with the login ID included in the member information change request. Change to the name and / or address included in the information change request, perform member information change processing, and distribute to the access terminal a member information change completion screen (not shown) indicating that the member information has been changed. .

  Returning to FIG. 11, when the “takeover” button is operated in D150, the access terminal displays a takeover medium confirmation screen shown in D170 of FIG. In D170, when the login ID is a member card ID, a message is displayed to confirm whether or not the member card 2 can be taken over. When the login ID is an electronic money medium ID, the takeover is carried out. Confirming whether or not the electronic money medium is acceptable, and in common with both, if the type of the medium to be transferred is different, a message to request login with the ID of the medium to be transferred is displayed.

  When the “OK” button is operated in a state in which it is confirmed in D170 that the membership card 2 can be taken over, the access terminal is distributed from the point management device 90. D171 The takeover member card ID input screen shown in FIG. In D171, an input field for the takeover member card ID is displayed.

  In D171, when an unregistered membership card ID of the takeover destination is input and the “takeover” button is operated, the access terminal receives the membership card ID (login ID) of the takeover source entered in D100, A member card takeover request including the takeover member card ID input in D171 is transmitted to the point management device 90. Here, the access terminal is an example of a takeover information accepting unit, and is information that can identify the takeover source point given to the member card 2 of the point takeover source (member card ID of the takeover source input in D100), Information that can identify the member card 2 of the point takeover destination (the member card ID of the takeover destination input in D171) is received.

  When the point management device 90 receives this membership card takeover request, it performs the membership card takeover process shown in FIG.

  On the other hand, when the “OK” button is operated in a state in which it is confirmed in D170 that confirmation is made that the electronic money medium can be taken over, the access terminal is distributed from the point management device 90. A takeover electronic money medium confirmation screen shown in D172 is displayed. In D172, a “takeover destination” button and a “takeover source” button for designating whether the electronic money medium corresponding to the electronic money medium ID as the login ID is a point takeover destination or a point takeover source are displayed. The

  When the “takeover destination” button is operated in D172, the access terminal displays the takeover source electronic money medium ID input screen shown in D173 distributed from the point management device 90. In D173, an input field for the electronic money medium ID of the takeover source is displayed.

  In D173, when the takeover source electronic money medium ID is input and the "takeover" button is operated, the access terminal receives the takeover destination electronic money medium ID (login ID) input in D100 and the D173. The first electronic money medium takeover request including the electronic money medium ID of the takeover source input in (1) is transmitted to the point management device 90. Here, the access terminal is an example of a takeover information accepting unit, and is information that can specify the takeover source point given to the electronic money medium of the point takeover source (the electronic money medium ID of the takeover source input in D173) and , Information that can specify the electronic money medium of the point takeover destination (the electronic money medium ID of the takeover destination input in D100) is received.

  When the point management apparatus 90 receives the first electronic money medium takeover request, the point management apparatus 90 performs the first electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIGS. 49 and 50. However, since the first electronic money medium takeover request includes the unregistered takeover source electronic money medium ID and the registered takeover destination electronic money medium ID, the first electronic money medium takeover request is included. In the processing, in FIG. 49 [1], the point member registration of the electronic money medium ID of the takeover destination is not performed, and in FIG. 49 [2], the potential charge point of the takeover source is taken over as the normal charge point of the takeover destination. In FIG. 48 [2] cited in FIG. 50 [2], the potential use point and potential member store point of the takeover source are taken over as the regular use point and member store point of the takeover destination.

  On the other hand, when the “takeover source” button is operated in D172, the access terminal displays the takeover destination electronic money medium ID input screen shown in D174 distributed from the point management device 90. In D174, an entry field for the takeover destination electronic money medium ID is displayed, and a radio button for receiving selection of takeover timing is displayed as in D125 of FIG.

  In D174, the takeover destination electronic money medium ID is input, the takeover timing is selected, and when the “takeover” button is operated, the access terminal operates the electronic money medium ID (login of the takeover source input in D100). The second electronic money medium takeover request including the ID), the takeover destination electronic money medium ID input in D174, and the takeover timing (next use date or designated date) selected in D174. Transmit to device 90. Here, the access terminal is an example of a takeover information receiving means, and is information that can specify the takeover source point given to the electronic money medium of the point takeover source (the electronic money medium ID of the takeover source input in D100) and , Information that can specify the electronic money medium of the point takeover destination (the electronic money medium ID of the takeover destination input in D174) is received.

  When receiving the second electronic money medium takeover request, the point management device 90 performs the second electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIGS. 51 and 52. However, since the second electronic money medium takeover request includes the registered electronic money medium ID of the takeover source and the unregistered electronic money medium ID of the takeover destination, the second electronic money medium takeover request is included. In the process, prior to FIG. 51 [1], point member registration of the electronic money medium ID of the transfer destination is performed.

  When the “additional registration of electronic money medium ID” button is operated in D150 of FIG. 11 or D112 of FIG. 12, the access terminal distributes the additional electronic money shown in D180 of FIG. The medium ID input screen is displayed. In D180, an input field of an electronic money medium ID to be added (that is, associated) to the registered member card ID that has been logged in is displayed, and when logging in with the electronic money medium ID, the member card ID is displayed. You will be prompted to log in.

  In D180, when the electronic money medium ID to be added is input and the “additional registration” button is operated, the access terminal registers the logged-in registered member card ID (hereinafter, “additional member card ID”). And a first additional registration request including the input electronic money medium ID to be added (hereinafter referred to as “addition target electronic money medium ID”) to the point management device 90. To do.

  When the point management device 90 receives the first additional registration request, whether any electronic money medium ID has already been registered in association with the additional member card ID included in the first additional registration request. If the electronic money medium ID is registered, an error screen is distributed to the access terminal. On the other hand, if the electronic money medium ID is not registered, as shown in FIG. A first additional registration process of additionally registering the additional target electronic money medium ID included in the first additional registration request in association with the additional source member card ID included in the first additional registration request is performed.

  Here, an example of the first additional registration process performed by the point management apparatus 90 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 53 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the point member DB (FIG. 43) and the used point DB (FIG. 44) by the first additional registration process. Registered (hence stored in FIG. 44 (a) of the usage point DB) and not registered in the point member DB (hence FIG. 44 of the usage point DB) with the addition source member card ID of A00004 not associated with the electronic money medium ID. An example of adding (that is, associating) the addition target electronic money medium ID of K00002 (stored in (c)) will be described.

  First, as the processing of [1], the point management device 90 responds to the first additional registration request in the point member DB in association with the additional source member card ID (A00004) included in the first additional registration request. The addition target electronic money medium ID (K00002) included is registered. Next, as the processing of [2], the point management apparatus 90 associates with the addition source member card ID (A00004) in the data table of FIG. ).

  Next, as the processing of [3], the point management device 90 performs each data (that is, each member) associated with the addition target electronic money medium ID (K00002) in the data table of FIG. The store prepaid usage amount and potential member store points) are transferred to each data associated with the additional member card ID (A00004) in the data table of FIG. Specifically, in this example, since the store where the additional member card is issued (our store), the electronic money usage amount and potential member store points of each member store other than the store A of the target electronic money medium ID are added. The original member card ID is transferred to each member store as the electronic money usage amount and the regular member store point, and the electronic money usage amount and the potential member store point of the store A of the additional electronic money medium ID are changed to the additional member card ID. The amount of electronic money used at our store and the regular usage points will be transferred.

  Here, when the potential member store points of the A store of the additional electronic money medium ID are transferred as the use points of the store of the additional member card ID, the sum of the potential member store points and the use points for each day is shown in FIG. If it exceeds 10 points, which is the upper limit set on the point grant upper limit setting screen shown in 42 (c), the 10 points are taken over. In this example, for example, for the use points on March 4, the total value of 10 points of the additional member card ID and 10 points of the additional target electronic money medium ID is 20 points, so the upper limit of 10 points is set. take over.

  Thereby, in the data table of FIG. 44 (c), each data of the addition target electronic money medium ID becomes 0, and in the data table of FIG. 44 (a), each data of the addition source member card ID is It is the sum of the value and the value to be added (however, up to the upper limit for points used). And the point management apparatus 90 updates each point balance by subtracting each consumption point from the updated use point and each member store point.

  Next, as the processing of [4], the point management device 90 deletes the data of the addition target electronic money medium ID (K00002) in the data table of FIG. Then, as the process [5], the point management apparatus 90 distributes an additional registration completion screen (not shown) indicating that the additional registration is completed to the access terminal, and ends the first additional registration process.

  When the addition target electronic money medium ID is registered as a point member in the process of [1], the point management device 90, as described in S523 of FIG. Migration and transmission of latent privilege electronic money issuance request are performed.

  When the “additional registration of membership card ID” button is operated in D150 of FIG. 11 or D122 of FIG. 13, the access terminal transmits the additional membership card ID shown in D190 of FIG. Display the input screen. In D190, an input field for a member card ID to be added (that is, associated) to the registered electronic money medium ID that is logged in is displayed, and if the member card ID is used for logging in, the electronic money medium ID is displayed. You will be prompted to log in.

  In D190, when the member card ID to be added is input and the “additional registration” button is operated, the access terminal registers the logged-in registered electronic money medium ID (hereinafter referred to as “additional electronic money medium ID”). And a second additional registration request including the input member card ID to be added (hereinafter referred to as “addition target member card ID”) to the point management device 90. .

  When the point management device 90 receives the second additional registration request, whether any member card ID has already been registered in association with the addition source electronic money medium ID included in the second additional registration request. If the member card ID is registered, an error screen is distributed to the access terminal. On the other hand, if the member card ID is not registered, as shown in FIG. The second additional registration process of additionally registering the additional target member card ID included in the second additional registration request in association with the additional source electronic money medium ID included in the additional registration request is performed.

  Here, an example of the second additional registration process performed by the point management device 90 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 54 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the point member DB (FIG. 43) and the used point DB (FIG. 44) by the second additional registration process. As shown in [0], the point member DB The registered member card ID is not associated with the DM24278 source electronic money medium ID of the DM 24278 that is not stored in FIG. An example of adding (that is, associating) the additional target member card ID of A00002 of registration (and hence stored in FIG. 44B of the use point DB) will be described.

  First, as the process [1], the point management device 90 associates the second additional registration request with the additional source electronic money medium ID (DM24278) included in the second additional registration request in the point member DB. Is registered as an additional target member card ID (A00002). Next, as the process [2], the point management device 90 registers the addition target member card ID and the addition source electronic money medium ID in association with each other in the data table of FIG. 44A of the use point DB.

  Next, as the processing of [3], the point management device 90 performs each data (that is, prepaid of our store) associated with the additional target member card ID (A00002) in the data table of FIG. Used amount and potential used point) and each data associated with the additional source electronic money medium ID (DM24278) in the data table of FIG. 44C (ie, prepaid used amount and potential member store point of each member store). Is transferred to the data table of FIG. 44A, and the total is updated. Specifically, in this example, since the store where the additional target member card is issued (our store) is A store, the electronic money usage amount and potential member store points of each member store other than the store A of the additional electronic money medium ID are The amount of electronic money used by the member store and the regular member store points are transferred, and the prepaid use amount and potential point of use of the additional target member card ID, and the amount of electronic money used by the store A of the original electronic money medium ID and The potential member store points are transferred as the electronic money usage amount and regular use points of our store.

  Here, when the potential use points of the store of the additional target member card ID and the potential member store points of the store A of the additional electronic money medium ID are transferred, the potential use points and the potential member store points for each day are added together. When the value exceeds 10 points, which is the upper limit set on the point grant upper limit setting screen shown in FIG. 42 (c), the 10 points are taken over. In this example, for example, for the points used on March 3, the combined value of 10 points of the additional target member card ID and 10 points of the additional electronic money medium ID is 20 points, so the upper limit of 10 points is set. take over.

  Thereby, in the data table of FIG. 44 (b), each data of the addition target member card ID becomes 0, and in the data table of FIG. 44 (c), each data of the addition source electronic money medium ID becomes 0, In the data table of FIG. 44 (a), each data is a total value of an addition source value and a value to be added (however, up to an upper limit value for use points).

  Next, as the processing of [4], the point management device 90 performs data of the addition target member card ID (A00002) in the data table of FIG. 44B and the data table of FIG. The data of the addition source electronic money medium ID (DM24278) is deleted. Then, as the process [5], the point management apparatus 90 distributes an additional registration completion screen (not shown) indicating that the additional registration is completed to the access terminal, and ends the second additional registration process.

  Returning to FIG. 11, when the “use point” button is operated in D150, the access terminal transmits a point use request including the login ID to the point management device 90, and the point management device 90 sends the point use request. When the use request is received, the point use process shown in FIG. 59 is performed and each screen shown in FIG. 60 is transmitted to the access terminal, which will be described later.

  Returning to FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 corresponding to the ball lending unit 20 and the simplified ball lending unit 20 'will be described. The pachinko machine 10 is an example of a gaming machine, and is provided corresponding to the ball lending unit 20 or the simple ball lending unit 20 ′, and plays a game by driving a pachinko ball as a game medium into the game area. Yes, here, a signal relating to the pachinko ball lending is exchanged with the corresponding ball lending unit 20 or the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′, and ball lending processing (visitor lending processing in the ball lending unit 20, prepaid balls) This is a so-called CR-type pachinko machine in which lending processing, electronic money ball lending processing, and electronic money ball lending processing in the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′ are performed. The pachinko machine 10 is installed in accordance with the model of the pachinko machine 10 and the like on a game island (not shown) arranged in the game hall.

  As shown in FIGS. 15 (a) and 16 (a), this pachinko machine 10 is provided with a game area, an upper plate, a lower plate, a launching handle, and the like on the front surface thereof, as well as a remaining frequency indicator 14, A button 15 and a member card return button 16 are provided, and as shown in FIGS. 15 (b), 16 (b), and 17, a game control board 11, a payout control board 12, and a ball payout device 13 are provided therein. These components are connected as shown in FIG.

  The game control board 11 controls the gaming state in the pachinko machine 10. The payout control board 12 is communicably connected to a ball lending communication unit 21a, which will be described later, of the ball lending unit 20 or the simple ball lending unit 20 ′, and the pachinko machine 10 and the ball lending unit 20 or the simple ball lending unit 20 ′. It governs communication between the two. Thereby, when the ball lending process is performed, signals relating to the lending of pachinko balls are exchanged between the pachinko machine 10 and the ball lending unit 20 or the simple ball lending unit 20 '. The payout control board 12 is connected to the ball payout device 13 and controls the ball payout device 13. Further, the payout control board 12 is also connected to a remaining frequency indicator 14, a ball lending button 15, and a member card return button 16. The ball payout device 13 pays out a pachinko ball lent to a player through ball lending processing and a pachinko ball (so-called prize ball) given to the player as a result of the game.

  The remaining number indicator 14 is a display for displaying the remaining number corresponding to the prepaid balance recorded in the member card 2 received by the member card R / W 24 of the ball lending unit 20. Here, the remaining frequency is a value obtained by converting the prepaid balance at a predetermined ratio (for example, 100 yen = 1 frequency). In the remaining frequency indicator 14, the remaining frequency is displayed by inputting a frequency display signal indicating the remaining frequency from the ball loan communication unit 21a.

  The ball lending button 15 is a button for accepting a ball lending operation for using the prepaid balance recorded on the member card 2 received by the member card R / W 24 of the ball lending unit 20. When the ball lending button 15 is operated, a lending input signal is input to the ball lending communication unit 21a, and the control unit 22 of the ball lending unit 20 detects that the ball lending button 15 has been operated by detecting the input. recognize.

  The member card return button 16 is for accepting a discharge operation for discharging the member card 2 accepted by the member card R / W 24 of the ball lending unit 20 to the outside of the gaming apparatus. When the member card return button 16 is operated, a return input signal is input to the ball lending communication unit 21a, and the control unit 22 of the ball lending unit 20 operates the member card return button 16 by detecting the input. The membership card R / W 24 accepts the membership card 2 and discharge control is performed. The membership card 2 is ejected from the membership card insertion slot 24a and returned to the player.

  In the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko balls paid out from the ball payout device 13 are supplied to the upper plate and are driven into the game area by operating the launching handle to play a game. Then, when the hit pachinko ball wins a winning opening formed in the game area, the pachinko ball is paid out from the ball payout device 13 as a prize ball based on a payout signal issued from the payout control board 12, Supplied to the upper or lower plate. Further, the pachinko machine 10 outputs game information such as a start signal indicating that the inserted pachinko ball has won a start winning opening and a big hit signal indicating that a big hit has occurred.

  Next, the ball lending unit 20 will be described. The ball lending unit 20 is an example of a transaction means. The ball lending unit 20 receives a membership card 2 owned by the user and performs transaction processing (ball lending processing) using the received membership card 2. The electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) that is owned is received, and transaction processing (ball lending processing) is performed using the electronic money charged in the received electronic money medium.

  As shown in FIG. 15A, the ball lending unit 20 is provided corresponding to the pachinko machine 10 (here, adjacent to the left side of the pachinko machine 10) in the game hall, and has a vertically long box shape. It is provided with a bill insertion slot 23a, a proximity portion 25a, a membership card insertion slot 24a, etc. on its front surface, and as shown in FIG. 15 (b), a bill discriminator 23, a ball loan communication unit 21a. , In-field communication unit 21b, control unit 22, IC chip R / W 25, member card R / W 24, and the like, and these components are connected as shown in FIG.

  The ball lending communication unit 21a is communicably connected to the payout control board 12 of the pachinko machine 10. The on-site communication unit 21b is communicably connected to the hall computer 60 and the on-site balance management device 61. The control unit 22 includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an EEPROM, and the like. The processing program stored in the ROM (or EEPROM) is executed by the CPU using the RAM as a work area, so that the ball lending unit 20 is provided. Various operations are performed by controlling the operation of each component.

  The banknote discriminator 23 receives a banknote inserted from the banknote insertion slot 23a and discriminates whether or not the accepted banknote is a regular banknote (that is, whether or not it is a denominated banknote). Is. This bill validator 23 can accept 1000 yen bills, 2000 yen bills, 5000 yen bills, and 10000 yen bills when the membership card 2 is received by the membership card R / W 24, and the membership card R / W If the member card 2 is not accepted at W24, only 1000 yen bills can be accepted. The banknotes recognized and taken in by the banknote discriminator 23 are discharged from the back of the ball lending unit 20 to the outside through the banknote passage 23b, and a banknote transport mechanism (not shown) provided on the game island. And is collected in a safe (not shown). Note that the banknote identified as not a regular banknote is returned from the banknote insertion slot 23a.

  The membership card R / W 24 accepts the membership card 2 inserted from the membership card insertion slot 24a, reads the membership card ID and the prepaid balance from the IC chip of the accepted membership card 2, and performs the deposit process. Based on what has been done, the prepaid balance after adding the deposit amount provided for the deposit process is recorded (written) on the IC chip of the membership card 2, and the prepaid ball lending process is performed. Based on this, the prepaid balance after subtracting the prepaid used amount used for the prepaid ball lending process is recorded on the IC chip of the membership card 2.

  The IC chip R / W 25 receives an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) that is in proximity to the proximity unit 25a, and receives an electronic money medium ID (electronic money card ID) from the IC chip of the received electronic money medium. , Mobile phone ID) and the amount of electronic money, and based on the fact that the electronic money ball lending process has been performed, after subtracting the amount of electronic money used for the electronic money ball lending process The amount of electronic money is recorded (written) on the IC chip of the electronic money medium.

  Specifically, the IC chip R / W 25 transmits an electromagnetic wave for accessing the IC chip of the electronic money medium toward a hemispherical space centering on the proximity portion 25a displayed as “Keitai TOUCH”. Then, when the electronic money medium enters the space by being brought close (over) the proximity unit 25a, the electronic money medium ID and the electronic money amount are read from the IC chip of the electronic money medium, In addition, the electronic money amount is written to the IC chip.

  Here, the control unit 22 performs a deposit process for the membership card 2. Specifically, when a banknote is received by the banknote discriminator 23 in a state where the member card 2 is received by the member card R / W24, the amount of the banknote received and identified is used as a prepaid balance, and the member card R / W24. The process of recording on the member card 2 is performed.

  The control unit 22 performs visitor ball lending processing. Specifically, when a 1000 yen banknote is received by the banknote discriminator 23 in a state where the member card 2 is not received by the member card R / W 24, the payout control board 12 pays out the 1000 yen pachinko balls. The process to command is performed. In response to this command, 1000 yen worth of pachinko balls are paid out from the ball payout device 13 under the control of the payout control board 12. Thereby, even a visitor player who does not own the membership card 2 can receive a pachinko ball and play a game with the pachinko machine 10.

  The control unit 22 performs prepaid ball lending processing using the prepaid balance recorded in the member card 2. Specifically, when the operation of the ball lending button 15 is accepted in the state where the member card 2 is received by the member card R / W 24, the prepaid balance recorded on the member card 2 and the prepaid ball lending setting set in advance are received. Compared with the amount (for example, 500 yen), if the prepaid balance is equal to or larger than the prepaid ball lending set amount, the payout control board 12 is instructed to pay out the pachinko balls corresponding to the prepaid ball lending set amount, If the prepaid balance is less than the prepaid ball lending set amount, the payout control board 12 is instructed to pay out the pachinko balls corresponding to the prepaid balance. In accordance with this command, the pachinko balls corresponding to the prepaid ball lending set amount or the remaining prepaid amount are paid out from the ball payout device 13 under the control of the payout control board 12.

  The control unit 22 performs an electronic money ball lending process using the electronic money amount recorded on the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4). Specifically, when the electronic money medium is received by the IC chip R / W 25 and the electronic money medium ID and the electronic money amount are read from the IC chip of the received electronic money, the read electronic money amount is set in advance. The electronic money ball lending set amount (for example, 1000 yen) is compared, and if the electronic money amount ≧ the electronic money ball lending set amount, the payout control board pays out the pachinko balls corresponding to the electronic money ball lending set amount. 12 is instructed. In response to this command, the control of the payout control board 12 pays out the pachinko balls corresponding to the set amount of the electronic money ball lending from the ball payout device 13. If the electronic money amount is smaller than the electronic money ball lending set amount, no payout command is issued to the payout control board 12.

  Here, the processing performed by the ball lending unit 20 will be described with reference to FIGS.

  First, with reference to FIG. 18, the process at the time of banknote reception, a deposit process, and a visitor ball lending process will be described. The ball lending unit 20 receives the banknote by the banknote discriminator 23 (S01), identifies the received banknote, and determines whether the member card 2 is being received by the member card R / W24 (S02). ).

  If it is determined in S02 that the membership card 2 is being received (YES), the ball lending unit 20 determines whether or not the identified banknote is a regular banknote (S10). When it is determined that it is not a banknote (NO), the accepted banknote is returned (S00), and the process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is a regular banknote (YES), the banknote is The deposit amount as the bill amount is added to the prepaid balance of the member card 2 being accepted (S11), and the deposit information including the deposit amount and the member card ID of the member card 2 being accepted It transmits with respect to the remaining amount management apparatus 61 (S12). Upon receipt of the payment information, the in-place balance management device 61 includes the payment information for the prepaid balance stored in association with the membership card ID included in the payment information in the prepaid balance DB shown in FIG. The deposit amount is added (S13), and a payment completion notification is transmitted to the ball lending unit 20 (S14). The ball lending unit 20 that has received the payment completion notification updates the display of the remaining frequency indicator 14 and enters a prepaid ball lending state (S15).

  If it is determined in S02 that the membership card 2 is not being accepted (NO), the ball lending unit 20 determines whether or not the identified banknote is a 1000 yen banknote (S20), and the 1000 yen banknote is determined. If it is not (NO), the accepted banknote is returned (S00), and the process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the banknote is 1000 yen (YES), the 1000 yen banknote is returned. The visitor ball lending process for 1000 yen is performed (S21).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 19, the process at the time of membership card insertion, the process at the time of ball lending button operation, and the prepaid ball lending process will be described. The ball lending unit 20 receives the membership card 2 with the membership card R / W 24 (S30), reads the membership card ID and the prepaid balance from the accepted membership card 2 (S31), and reads the membership card ID and A use permission request including the prepaid balance is transmitted to the on-site balance management device 61 (S32). Upon receipt of the use permission request, the on-site balance management device 61 receives the membership card ID and the prepaid balance included in the use permission request, and the membership card ID and the prepaid balance stored in the prepaid balance DB shown in FIG. If it is collated (S33) and collation is NG, the unusable information is transmitted to the ball rental unit 20 (S34), and if it is collation OK, the usage permission information is transmitted to the ball rental unit 20 (S35). ). The ball lending unit 20 that has received the license information determines whether or not the prepaid balance of the member card 2 being accepted is 0 (S36), and if it is determined that the prepaid balance is not 0 (NO). Displays the remaining number corresponding to the remaining amount of the prepaid on the remaining number display 14 and enters a prepaid ball lending state (S37), while it is determined that the remaining amount of the prepaid is 0 (YES) The remaining number 0 is displayed on the remaining number display (S38), and it is in a state of waiting for receipt of banknotes.

  Next, when receiving the operation of the ball lending button 15 (S40), the ball lending unit 20 determines whether or not it is in a prepaid ball lending state (S41), and is determined not to be in a prepaid ball lending state (NO). If it is determined that the operation of the ball lending button 15 is invalidated and the process is terminated, it is determined that the prepaid ball lending is possible (YES). The prepaid ball lending process is performed (S50), the prepaid used amount used for the prepaid ball lending process is subtracted from the prepaid remaining amount of the member card 2 being accepted, and the display of the remaining frequency indicator 14 is updated ( S51), the prepaid use information including the prepaid use amount and the membership card ID is transmitted to the hall computer 60 and the on-site balance management device 61.

  Here, the hall computer 60 stores a prepaid usage amount DB shown in FIG. In this prepaid use amount DB, the total of the prepaid use amount on the day is stored for each member card ID of the member card issued at the store. This prepaid use amount is recording medium transaction information relating to a transaction (ball lending) using the member card 2. When the hall computer 60 receives the prepaid usage information, the prepaid usage information includes the prepaid usage amount stored in association with the member card ID included in the prepaid usage information in the prepaid usage amount DB. The prepaid usage amount is added (S53). The hall computer 60 transmits the prepaid usage amount for each member card ID stored in the prepaid usage amount DB to the point management device 90 during the closing process after the game hall is closed (FIG. 55). (A)).

  The on-site balance management device 61 that has received the prepaid usage information includes the prepaid balance from the prepaid balance stored in association with the member card ID included in the prepaid usage information in the prepaid balance DB shown in FIG. The prepaid usage amount to be subtracted is subtracted (S54), and a subtraction completion notice is transmitted to the ball lending unit 20 (S55). The ball lending unit 20 that has received the subtraction completion notice determines whether the prepaid balance after the subtraction of the member card 2 being accepted is 0 (S56), and determines that the prepaid balance is not 0 (NO). If it is determined that the prepaid ball lending state is maintained (S57), if it is determined that the prepaid balance is 0 (YES), the prepaid ball lending state is canceled (S58).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 20, a process when the member card return button is operated will be described. When receiving the operation of the member card return button 16 (S60), the ball lending unit 20 determines whether or not the member card 2 is being received by the member card R / W 24 (S61), and the member card 2 is being received. If it is determined that it is not (NO), the operation of the card return button 16 is invalidated and the process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the member card 2 is being accepted (YES), the prepaid ball The lending state is canceled, the remaining number display on the remaining number display 14 is stopped (S62), and the member card 2 being accepted is returned (S63).

  Furthermore, with reference to FIG. 20, the process at the time of electronic money medium reception is demonstrated. When the ball lending unit 20 receives the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) by the IC chip R / W 25, the ball lending unit 20 performs the electronic money ball lending processing for the set amount of the electronic money ball lending (S65), The electronic money usage information including the electronic money usage amount and the electronic money medium ID is subtracted from the electronic money amount of the received electronic money medium (S66). The data is transmitted to the hall computer 60 (S67).

  Here, the hall computer 60 stores an electronic money usage amount DB shown in FIG. In the electronic money usage amount DB, the total amount of electronic money usage on the current day is stored for each electronic money medium ID of the electronic money medium used today at the store. This electronic money usage amount is electronic money transaction information related to a transaction (ball lending) using electronic money charged (stored) in an electronic money medium. When the hall computer 60 receives the electronic money usage information, the electronic money usage amount DB includes the electronic money usage information in association with the electronic money medium ID included in the electronic money usage information at the first reception. The electronic money usage amount is stored, and when received next time or later, it is included in the electronic money usage information with respect to the electronic money usage amount stored in association with the electronic money medium ID included in the electronic money usage information. The electronic money usage amount is added (S68), and a subtraction request including the electronic money usage amount, the electronic money medium ID, and the added electronic money amount is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (S69).

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the subtraction request is included in the subtraction request from the electronic money amount stored in association with the electronic money medium ID included in the subtraction request in the electronic money DB shown in FIG. Subtract electronic money usage. Then, the electronic money amount after the subtraction and the electronic money amount after the subtraction included in the subtraction request are collated, and if they do not match, the electronic money medium ID including the electronic money medium ID cannot be used. The notification is transmitted to each ball rental unit 20 and each simple ball rental unit 20 ′ via the hall computer 60 of each store, whereby each ball rental unit 20 and each simple ball rental unit 20 ′. Stores the electronic money medium ID included in the unusable notification, and does not perform the electronic money ball lending process even if the electronic money medium of the electronic money medium ID is received.

  Next, the simple ball lending unit 20 'will be described. This simple ball lending unit 20 'is an example of transaction means, and transaction processing (ball lending processing) using electronic money charged in an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) owned by the user. ). In the simple ball lending unit 20 ′, transaction processing (ball lending processing) using the membership card 2 owned by the user is not performed.

  As shown in FIG. 16A, the simple ball lending unit 20 ′ is provided corresponding to the pachinko machine 10 in the game hall (here, adjacent to the left side of the pachinko machine 10), and has a vertically long box shape. The front portion is provided with a proximity portion 25a and the like, and as shown in FIG. 16 (b), the ball rental communication portion 21a, the on-site communication portion 21b, the control portion 22, and the IC chip R / W25 and the like, and these components are connected as shown in FIG.

  That is, unlike the ball lending unit 20, the simple ball lending unit 20 ′ does not include the banknote discriminator 23 and the member card R / W 24. While the visitor ball lending process (FIG. 18) accepting banknotes and the prepaid ball lending process (FIG. 19) accepting the membership card 2 cannot be performed, the IC chip R / W25 is similar to the ball lending unit 20. Therefore, the electronic money ball lending process (FIG. 20) by accepting the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) can be performed. Since this simple ball lending unit 20 ′ does not include the bill discriminator 23 and the membership card R / W 24, the manufacturing cost can be reduced as compared with the ball lending unit 20, and the simple ball lending unit 20 ′. Since it is not necessary to provide a banknote transport mechanism, the game island provided with can be easily configured and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

  Next, the electronic money card issue / collection machine 30 will be described. The electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 is an example of a recording medium issuing unit, and issues an electronic money card 3 that can be charged with electronic money to a user. The electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30 is also an example of a recording medium collection unit, and collects the electronic money card 3.

  This electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 is provided at a predetermined location in the store (for example, in the vicinity of a gift exchange counter, etc.), and has a vertically long box shape as shown in FIG. A touch panel display 33, an electronic money card issuance / recovery port 34a, a bill insertion port 35a, a coin insertion port 36a, and the like are provided on the front surface, and a communication unit 31, control unit 32, electronic money card R / W 34, electronic A money card stocker 34b, a bill discriminator 35, a bill storage unit 35b, a coin discriminator 36, a coin return machine 37, and the like are provided, and these components are connected as shown in FIG. 22 (b). .

  The communication unit 31 is communicably connected to the communication unit 81 of the electronic money server 80 and the communication unit 91 of the point management device 90. The control unit 32 includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an EEPROM, and the like, and a processing program stored in the ROM (or EEPROM) is executed by the CPU using the RAM as a work area, whereby an electronic money card issuance and collection machine Various operations are performed by controlling the operation of each component included in 30.

  The touch panel display 33 is a device for displaying various types of information and a device for inputting various types of information. The contents displayed and input on the touch panel display 33 will be described later with reference to FIGS.

  When the electronic money card R / W 34 issues the electronic money card 3, the electronic money card R / W 34 receives the electronic money card 3 conveyed from the electronic money card stocker 34b provided behind the electronic money card R / W 34. The electronic money card ID is read from the IC chip of the electronic money card 3, and when the electronic money card 3 is collected, the electronic money card 3 inserted from the electronic money card issuance / recovery port 34a is received, The electronic money card ID and the electronic money amount are read from the IC chip of the received electronic money card 3. A predetermined number of new electronic money cards 3 delivered from a card company are stored in advance in the electronic money card stocker 34b, and the collected electronic money cards 3 are also stored. Therefore, a new electronic money card 3 is issued to the user before the electronic money card 3 is collected. After the electronic money card 3 is collected, the collected electronic money card 3 is also a user. Will be issued (ie recycled and reissued).

  The banknote discriminator 35 receives a banknote inserted from the banknote insertion slot 35a and discriminates whether or not the accepted banknote is a regular banknote (that is, whether or not it is a denominated banknote). Is. This bill validator 35 can accept only 1000 yen bills. The banknote recognized and taken in by the banknote discriminator 35 is stored in a banknote storage unit 35b provided behind the banknote discriminator 35. Note that the banknote identified as not a regular banknote is returned from the banknote insertion slot 35a.

  The coin discriminator 36 receives a coin inserted from the coin insertion slot 36a, and identifies whether the received coin is a regular coin (that is, whether it is a denominated coin or not). is there. This coin discriminator 36 can accept 100 yen coins and 500 yen coins. The coins identified as regular coins by the coin discriminator 36 are stored in a coin return machine 37 provided below the coin discriminator 36. Coins identified as not being regular coins are returned from the coin return slot 37a.

  The banknote discriminator 35 and the coin discriminator 36 accept a deposit (hereinafter referred to as “deposit”) of a predetermined amount (for example, 500 yen) when issuing the electronic money card 3. The coin return machine 37 returns the deposit when collecting the electronic money card 3 and returns the change when there is change.

  Here, the process performed by the electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30 will be described mainly with reference to the screen displayed on the display 33 shown in FIGS.

  First, the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 displays a screen shown at D30 in FIG. 24 (S300). In D30, an “issue” button for selecting an issue mode for issuing the electronic money card 3 and a “collection” button for selecting a collection mode for collecting the electronic money card 3 are displayed. When the process of S300 is performed, the operation of the “issue” button (S301) or the operation of the “collection” button (S302) is waited.

  If there is an operation of the “issue” button in S301 (YES), the issue mode is set and the screen shown in D31 of FIG. 24 is displayed (S311). In D31, a message indicating that the deposit (here, 500 yen) is requested is displayed. When the processing of S311 is performed, the deposit is waited for (S312), and if there is a deposit deposit in the bill discriminator 35 or the coin discriminator 36, that is, if there is a deposit of bills or coins of 500 yen or more (YES), the electronic money One of the electronic money cards 3 stored in the card stocker 34b is transported to the electronic money card R / W 34, and the electronic money card ID is read from the IC chip of the electronic money card 3 (S313). The money card 3 is partially discharged from the electronic money card issue / recovery port 34a and issued (S314), and an issue notification including the electronic money card ID read from the issued electronic money card 3 is sent to the electronic money server 80. Transmit (S315).

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the issue notification registers the electronic money card ID included in the issue notification in the electronic money DB shown in FIG. 40 and the issue history DB shown in FIG. Thereby, in the electronic money server 80, an area for enabling use of the electronic money of the electronic money card 3 is secured.

  When the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 performs the process of S315, it determines whether or not there is change (S316). If it is determined that there is change (YES), the coin return machine 37 returns the coin. The change is returned from the mouth 37a (S317), the screen shown in D32 of FIG. 24 is displayed (S318), and if it is determined that there is no change (NO), the process proceeds to S318. In D32, the fact that the electronic money card 3 has been issued is displayed, and electronic money charging and point service guidance are displayed. When the process of S318 is performed, the electronic money card 3 partially discharged from the electronic money card issuance / recovery port 34a is waited for extraction (S319), and if the electronic money card 3 is extracted (YES), the process is terminated. To do.

  If the “collection” button is operated in S302 (YES), the collection mode is set and a screen shown in D33 of FIG. 24 is displayed (S321). In this D33, a message to request insertion of the electronic money card 3 to be collected is displayed. When the processing of S321 is performed, insertion of the electronic money card 3 is awaited (S322), and when the electronic money card 3 is inserted into the electronic money card R / W 34 (YES), the electronic money card 3 is electronically transferred from the IC chip. The money card ID and the electronic money amount are read (S323), and it is determined whether or not the read electronic money amount is 0 (S324). If it is determined in S324 that the electronic money amount is not 0 (NO), that is, it is determined that the electronic money amount remains, a part of the accepted electronic money card 3 is discharged from the electronic money card issuance / recovery port 34a. (S325), the screen shown in D35 of FIG. 24 is displayed (S326), and the process proceeds to S319. In D35, it is displayed that the electronic money card 3 cannot be collected because the electronic money remains and that the electronic money card 3 has been returned. On the other hand, if it is determined in S324 that the amount of electronic money is 0 (YES), a point confirmation request including the electronic money card ID read from the accepted electronic money card 3 is sent to the point management device 90. Transmit (S327).

  The point management device 90 that has received the point confirmation request performs a process of confirming the presence or absence of the points associated with the electronic money card ID included in the point confirmation request and the potential bonus electronic money.

  Specifically, if the electronic money card ID is registered as a point member and associated with the member card ID, the point management device 90 determines whether there is a charge point in the charge point DB shown in FIG. And the point confirmation process which confirms the presence or absence of the end point in the end point point DB shown in FIG.46 (b) and the use point in the use point DB shown in FIG.44 (a) and the presence or absence of a member store point is performed. . Further, when the electronic money card ID is not registered, the point management device 90 determines whether there is a potential charge point in the charge point DB shown in FIG. 45 (b) and the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46 (b). A latent point confirmation process is performed for confirming the presence or absence of a potential edge point and the presence or absence of a potential member store point in the use point DB shown in FIG.

  If the electronic money card ID has been registered as a point member but is not associated with the member card ID, the point management device 90 determines whether there is a charge point in the charge point DB shown in FIG. The point confirmation process for confirming the presence / absence of the end point point in the end point point DB shown in (b) and the latent point confirmation process for confirming the presence / absence of the potential member store point in the use point DB shown in FIG. 44 (c) are performed. .

  The control unit 92 that performs the point confirmation process and the latent point confirmation process is an example of a point presence / absence confirmation unit, and is given to the electronic money card 3 when the electronic money card 3 is collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30. This is to check whether there are any points (charge points, usage points, member store points, potential charge points, potential member store points).

  Furthermore, when the electronic money card ID is not registered, the point management device 90 also performs a latent privilege electronic money confirmation process for confirming the presence or absence of the potential privilege electronic money in the charge point DB shown in FIG. . The control unit 92 that performs this process is an example of privilege electronic money presence / absence confirmation means. When the electronic money card 3 is collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, the privilege electronic issued for the electronic money card 3 is collected. This is to confirm the presence or absence of money (potential privilege electronic money).

  Then, the point management device 90 issues an electronic money card to issue a point confirmation notification indicating the confirmation result (that is, whether or not each point or the potential privilege electronic money is present) by the point confirmation process, the latent point confirmation process, and the latent privilege electronic money confirmation process. It transmits to the collection machine 30.

  Returning to FIG. 23, when the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 performs the process of S327, the electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30 waits for the reception of the point confirmation notification transmitted from the point management device 90 (S328), and the point confirmation notification is received. (YES), it is determined whether or not the electronic money card ID read from the received electronic money card 3 has already been registered as a point member, that is, whether or not the point confirmation notification indicates the presence or absence of a charge point. (S329). This is because if the electronic money card ID is already registered as a point member, at least the presence or absence of a charge point is confirmed as described above.

  If it is determined in S329 that the registration has been completed (YES), a privilege electronic money confirmation request including the electronic money card ID read from the received electronic money card 3 is transmitted to the electronic money server 80. (S331). This is because, if registered, there is a possibility that there is uncharged privileged electronic money that is issued but not charged. On the other hand, if it is determined in S329 that it is unregistered (NO), the process proceeds to S333. This is because bonus electronic money does not exist if it is not registered.

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the privilege electronic money confirmation request is issued but not charged in association with the electronic money card ID included in the electronic money confirmation request in the issue history DB shown in FIG. A privilege electronic money confirmation process for confirming the presence or absence of uncharged privilege electronic money (that is, a charged flag 0) is performed. The control unit 82 that performs this process is an example of privilege electronic money presence / absence confirmation means. When the electronic money card 3 is collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, the privilege electronic issued for the electronic money card 3 is collected. This is to confirm the presence or absence of money. Then, the electronic money server 80 transmits to the electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30 a privilege electronic money confirmation notification indicating a confirmation result (that is, presence / absence of privilege electronic money) by the privilege electronic money confirmation process.

  When the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 performs the process of S331, the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 waits for reception of the special electronic money confirmation notification transmitted from the electronic money server 80 (S332), and the special electronic money confirmation notification is received. (YES), there is at least one of the points indicated by the point confirmation notification received in S328 (charge points, usage points, member store points, edge points) or the privilege electronic money indicated by the privilege electronic money confirmation notification received in S332 It is determined whether or not (S333). If it is determined in S333 that neither the point nor the privilege electronic money is present (NO), the potential point (potential charge point, potential member store point, potential edge point) indicated by the point confirmation notification received in S328 or It is determined whether or not there is at least one of the potential privilege electronic money (S334).

  If it is determined in S334 that neither latent points nor potential privilege electronic money exists (NO), the accepted electronic money card 3 is stored in the electronic money card stocker 34b and collected (S341). A collection notification including the membership card ID of the collected electronic money card 3 is transmitted to the point management device 90 and the electronic money server 80 (S342).

  The point management device 90 that has received the collection notification performs processing for invalidating the points associated with the electronic money card ID included in the collection notification and the potential privilege electronic money.

  Specifically, when the electronic money card ID is registered as a point member and associated with the member card ID, the point management device 90 uses the electronic money card in the charge point DB shown in FIG. The card ID, the charge amount and the charge point according to the charge amount, the electronic money usage amount of each non-member store and the charge point according to the electronic money usage amount are deleted, and the terminal shown in FIG. In the ball point DB, the electronic money card ID and the edge ball point (that is, the regular edge ball point) are deleted, and in the point of use DB shown in FIG. 44 (a), the electronic money card ID and the electronic money of our shop are deleted. The amount of money used, the amount of electronic money used by each member store, and the member store points are deleted, and the points used for the store are reassigned (that is, To grant the point of use in accordance with the id use amount) performs the process.

  In addition, when the electronic money card ID is not registered, the point management device 90 uses the electronic money card ID, the charge amount, and the potential corresponding to the charge amount in the charge point DB shown in FIG. The charge point, the electronic money usage amount of each non-member store, and the potential charge point corresponding to the electronic money usage amount are deleted, and the electronic money card ID in the end point DB shown in FIG. The edge point (that is, the potential edge point) is deleted, and the electronic money card ID, the electronic money usage amount of each member store, and the potential member store point are deleted in the use point DB shown in FIG. 44 (c). Perform the process. Note that, along with the deletion of the accumulated charge amount in the charge point DB shown in FIG. 45 (b), the potential bonus electronic money corresponding to the accumulated charge amount is also invalidated.

  When the electronic money card ID has been registered as a point member but is not associated with the membership card ID, the point management device 90 can store the electronic money card ID in the charge point DB shown in FIG. In the end point DB shown in FIG. 46B, the charge amount and the charge point according to the charge amount and the electronic money use amount and charge point according to the electronic money use amount of each non-member store are deleted. The electronic money card ID and the edge point (that is, the regular edge point) are deleted, and the electronic money card ID and the electronic money usage of each member store are used in the usage point DB shown in FIG. 44 (c). The process of deleting the amount and potential merchant points is performed.

  The control unit 92 that performs the process of deleting these points and the like is an example of a point invalidating unit, and is given to the electronic money card 3 based on the collection of the electronic money card 3 by the electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30. It is to invalidate existing points. According to this, since the points given to the electronic money card 3 collected by the electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30 are invalidated, the collected electronic money card 3 is recycled and reissued. However, the points are not taken over by others.

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the collection notification sends the electronic money card ID included in the collection notification and the data corresponding to the electronic money card ID to the electronic money DB shown in FIG. 40 and the issue history DB shown in FIG. Remove from.

  When the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 performs the process of S342, the coin return machine 37 returns the deposit (500 yen here) from the coin return port 37a (S343), and displays the screen shown at D34 in FIG. (S344), and the process ends. In D34, it is displayed that the deposit has been returned.

  When it is determined in S333 that there are points and / or privileged electronic money (YES), the screen shown in D36 of FIG. 25 is displayed (S351). In this D36, the type of charge point, end point point, use point and member store point, and / or privilege electronic money determined to be present in S333 are displayed, as well as takeover and collection guidance, and takeover is performed. A “takeover” button for collecting and a “collecting” button for collecting are displayed.

  The display 33 for displaying the screen of D36 is an example of a point presence notification unit, and is based on the fact that the point presence confirmation unit (the control unit 92 of the point management device 90) has confirmed that there is a point. This is to notify that there is. According to this, when there is a point in the electronic money card 3 collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, the fact is notified, so that the user can recognize that the point is present, so that the electronic money card 3 The continued use of can be promoted.

  The display 33 is an example of a privilege electronic money presence notification means, on the condition that the privilege electronic money presence confirmation means (the control unit 82 of the electronic money server 80) confirms that there is privilege electronic money. It notifies that there is privilege electronic money. According to this, when there is special electronic money issued for the electronic money card 3 collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, the fact is notified, so the user does not notice that there is special electronic money. Can be prevented from being lost, and the continued use of the electronic money card 3 can be promoted.

  When the processing of S351 is performed, the operation of the “collection” button (S352) or the operation of the “takeover” button (S353) is waited. If there is an operation of the “collection” button in S352 (YES), the process proceeds to S341. On the other hand, if there is an operation of the “takeover” button in S353 (YES), the screen shown in D37 of FIG. 25 is displayed (S354). In D37, an input field for an unregistered electronic money medium ID as a transfer destination is displayed.

  In D37, when the takeover destination unregistered electronic money medium ID is input and the “takeover” button is operated, the electronic money card ID of the takeover source electronic money card 3 is input in D37. The first electronic money medium takeover request including the takeover destination electronic money medium ID is transmitted to the point management device 90. Here, the electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30 is an example of the transfer information receiving means, and is information that can specify the transfer source point assigned to the electronic money card 3 of the point transfer source (the electronic money medium of the transfer source to be recovered) ID) and information that can identify the electronic money medium of the point takeover destination (the electronic money medium ID of the takeover destination input in D37). Here, the point existence confirmation means (of the point management device 90) Based on the fact that the control unit 92) confirms that there is a point, information that can specify the electronic money medium of the point takeover destination is received.

  The point management device 90 that has received the first electronic money medium takeover request performs the first electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIGS. 49 and 50. The control unit 92, which is the takeover processing means for performing this process, uses the takeover source point given to the takeover source electronic money card 3 collected by the electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30 as the takeover process. This is a process to take over as a point of the money medium. According to this, when there is a point given to the electronic money card 3 collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, the point is obtained by receiving information that can identify the electronic money medium of the takeover destination. Since it can be taken over as a point of the electronic money medium of the takeover destination, the user's trouble for the takeover can be reduced. Then, the point management device 90 changes to the takeover completion screen shown in FIG. 49 [4] and transmits a takeover completion notification indicating that the takeover is completed to the electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30.

  When the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 performs the process of S356, the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 waits for the reception of the takeover completion notification transmitted from the point management device 90 (S361), and if the takeover completion notification is received (YES), The accepted electronic money card 3 is stored in the electronic money card stocker 34b and collected (S365), and a collection notification including the membership card ID of the collected electronic money card 3 is transmitted to the electronic money server 80. (S366), the deposit (in this case, 500 yen) is returned from the coin return port 37a by the coin return machine 37 (S367), and a screen indicating that the transfer has been completed and that the deposit has been returned is displayed (S368). The process ends.

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the collection notification in S366 sends the electronic money card ID included in the collection notification and the data corresponding to the electronic money card ID to the electronic money DB shown in FIG. 40 and the issuance history shown in FIG. Delete from DB. Note that the collection notification in S366 is not transmitted to the point management apparatus 90 in the first electronic money medium takeover process performed by the point management apparatus 90 that has received the first electronic money medium takeover request in S356. 3], the data of the takeover source electronic money card 3 collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 has been deleted.

  If it is determined in S334 that there are latent points and / or potential bonus electronic money (YES), the screen shown in D38 of FIG. 25 is displayed (S371). In D38, the potential charge points, potential edge points, potential member store points, and / or potential bonus electronic money of the type determined to be in S334, and point member registration, handover, and collection guidance are displayed. In addition, a “takeover” button for taking over and a “collection” button for collecting are displayed. The display 33 displaying the screen of D38 functions as the point presence notification means and the privilege electronic money presence notification means. According to this, continuous use of the electronic money card 3 and point member registration (privilege member registration) can be promoted.

  When the process of S371 is performed, the operation of the “collection” button (S372) or the operation of the “takeover” button (S373) is waited. If there is an operation of the “collection” button in S372 (YES), the process proceeds to S341. On the other hand, if there is an operation of the “takeover” button in S373 (YES), a screen shown in D39 of FIG. 25 is displayed (S374). In D39, an input field for the registered electronic money medium ID of the transfer destination is displayed.

  When the registered electronic money medium ID of the takeover destination is input at D39 and the "takeover" button is operated, the electronic money card ID of the electronic money card 3 of the takeover destination to be collected is input at D39. And a second electronic money medium takeover request including the current day as the designated date of the takeover timing is transmitted to the point management device 90. Here, the electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30 is an example of the transfer information receiving means, and is information that can specify the transfer source point assigned to the electronic money card 3 of the point transfer source (the electronic money medium of the transfer source to be recovered) ID) and information that can identify the electronic money medium of the point takeover destination (the electronic money medium ID of the takeover destination input in D39), and here, the point existence confirmation means (of the point management device 90) Based on the fact that the control unit 92) confirms that there is a point, information that can specify the electronic money medium of the point takeover destination is received. Note that the second electronic money medium takeover request includes the current day as the designated date of takeover timing because the electronic money card 3 of the takeover source is collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 and is used after the next day. This is because there is nothing to do.

  The point management device 90 that has received the second electronic money medium takeover request performs the second electronic money medium takeover process shown in FIGS. The control unit 92, which is the takeover processing means for performing this process, uses the takeover source point given to the takeover source electronic money card 3 collected by the electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30 as the takeover process. This is a process to take over as a point of the money medium. According to this, when there is a point given to the electronic money card 3 collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30, the point is obtained by receiving information that can identify the electronic money medium of the takeover destination. Since it can be taken over as a point of the electronic money medium of the takeover destination, the user's trouble for the takeover can be reduced. Then, the point management device 90 transmits to the electronic money card issuance / collection machine 30 a takeover completion notification indicating that the takeover is completed, instead of the takeover completion screen shown in FIG. 51 [2] or FIG. 52 [2]. To do.

  When the electronic money card issuance / collection machine 30 performs the process of S376, the electronic money card issuance / collection machine 30 waits for the reception of the transfer completion notification transmitted from the point management device 90 (S361), and when the transfer completion notification is received (YES), The process proceeds to S365.

  According to the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 described above, users who do not have a mobile phone 4 that can charge electronic money, users who are unfamiliar with the operation of the mobile phone 4, or users who cannot use mobile banking payments. Even if the electronic money card 3 is issued, the ball lending process using the electronic money can be performed, so that the use of the electronic money can be promoted and the electronic money card 3 is issued. In the case of receiving a credit card, points are awarded when a ball loan is made using the electronic money charged in the electronic money card 3, so that the use of electronic money can be further promoted.

  Further, the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 collects the deposit, issues the electronic money card 3, and returns the deposit when the electronic money card 3 is collected. Therefore, the electronic money card 3 is discarded. Can be prevented, and the cost (for example, manufacturing cost, management cost, etc.) related to the electronic money card 3 can be reduced.

  Next, the electronic money charger 40 will be described. The electronic money charging machine 40 is an example of a first charge processing unit, and includes value specifying information (banknote) for specifying the value owned by the user and the electronic money card 3 issued to the user. Receiving the recording medium charging process for charging the electronic money card 3 with electronic money corresponding to at least a part of the value specified from the received value specifying information, and receiving the value specifying information and the mobile phone 4 The mobile terminal charging process of charging the mobile phone 4 with electronic money corresponding to at least a part of the value specified from the received value specifying information is performed. The electronic money charging device 40 is also a recording medium charge processing unit that performs the recording medium charging process and a portable terminal charge processing unit that performs the portable terminal charging process. Furthermore, the electronic money charging machine 40 is an example of first privilege charge processing means, and is provided in the store, and the privilege electronic money issued by the privilege electronic money issuing means (electronic money server 80) described later is the subject of the issue. Recording medium privilege charge processing for charging the electronic money card 3 as the electronic money, and mobile terminal privilege charge for charging the issued privilege electronic money as the electronic money to the mobile phone 4 to be issued Processing.

  This electronic money charging machine 40 is provided at a predetermined location in the store (for example, in the vicinity of a prize exchange counter or an end of a game island), and has a vertically long box shape as shown in FIG. The touch panel display 43, the proximity portion 44a, the bill insertion slot 45a, etc. are provided on the front surface thereof, and the communication portion 41, the control portion 42, the IC chip R / W 44, the bill validator 45, A bill storage unit 45b and the like are provided, and these components are connected as shown in FIG.

  The communication unit 41 is communicably connected to the communication unit 81 of the electronic money server 80 and the communication unit 91 of the point management device 90. The control unit 42 includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an EEPROM, and the like, and a processing program stored in the ROM (or EEPROM) is executed by the CPU using the RAM as a work area, so that the electronic money charger 40 is provided. Various operations are performed by controlling the operation of each component provided.

  The touch panel display 43 is a device for displaying various types of information and a device for inputting various types of information. The contents displayed and input on the touch panel display 43 will be described later with reference to FIGS.

  The IC chip R / W 44 receives an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) that is in proximity to the proximity unit 44a, and receives an electronic money medium ID (electronic money card ID) from the IC chip of the received electronic money medium. , Mobile phone ID), the amount of electronic money, and the notification flag, and the electronic money is transferred to the IC chip of the electronic money medium based on the purchase of the electronic money and the receipt of the privileged electronic money. Based on the fact that the electronic money has been purchased, the notification flag and the date of the day (hereinafter referred to as “notification flag of the day”) are recorded (written), and the IC chip of the electronic money medium Is recorded (written). The specific action of the IC chip R / W 44 is the same as that of the IC chip R / W 25.

  The bill validator 45 accepts a bill inserted from the bill insertion slot 45a as value specifying information for specifying the value owned by the user, and whether or not the accepted bill is a regular bill (i.e., acceptance). Whether or not it is a possible denomination of banknotes). The bill validator 45 can accept 1000 yen bills, 2000 yen bills, 5000 yen bills, and 10000 yen bills. The banknote recognized and taken in by the banknote discriminator 45 is stored in a banknote storage 45b provided behind the banknote discriminator 45. In addition, the banknote identified as not a regular banknote is returned from the banknote insertion port 45a. The bill validator 45 also returns the change when there is change.

  Here, the processing performed by the electronic money charging machine 40 will be described mainly with reference to the screen displayed on the display 43 shown in FIGS.

  First, the electronic money charging machine 40 displays a screen shown at D40 in FIG. 28 (S400). In D40, a “Purchase” button for selecting a purchase mode for purchasing electronic money and a “Receive” button for selecting a reception mode for receiving privileged electronic money are displayed. When the process of S400 is performed, the operation of the “Purchase” button (S401) or the operation of the “Receive” button (S402) is waited.

  If there is an operation of the “Purchase” button in S401 (YES), the purchase mode is set and the screen shown in D41 of FIG. 28 is displayed (S411). In D41, a message that prompts the user to insert a bill, a message that prompts the user to select a purchase amount, and a received amount that is the amount of the inserted bill are displayed, and options for receiving selection of the purchase amount of electronic money. , 1000 yen, 2000 yen, 3000 yen, 5000 yen, and 10000 yen purchase price buttons are displayed.

  When the processing of S411 is performed, the selection of any purchase amount is waited (S412), and when any purchase amount button is operated to select a purchase amount (YES), the received amount is selected. It is determined whether or not the purchase amount is greater than or equal to the purchase amount (S413). In the case of purchasing electronic money by the electronic money charging machine 40, the writing process (air charge) by the remote issuing server 110 is not performed, so the fee indicated by DK12 in FIG. 10 is not collected. If it is determined that the received amount is less than the purchased amount (NO), a message indicating that the received amount is insufficient is displayed (S414), the process returns to S411, and the received amount is equal to or larger than the purchased amount (YES). ), The screen shown in D42 of FIG. 28 is displayed (S415). In D42, the received amount, the purchase amount selected in D41, and the amount of change, if any, are displayed, and the receipt of the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) ( Prompting the user to touch the proximity portion 44a is displayed.

  When the processing of S415 is performed, reception of the electronic money medium is awaited (S416). If the IC chip R / W 44 receives the electronic money medium (YES), the electronic money medium ID and the electronic money medium ID are received from the IC chip of the electronic money medium. The electronic money amount and the notification flag are read, the electronic money corresponding to the purchase amount selected in D41 is charged to the IC chip, and the notification flag for the day is recorded on the IC chip (S417). That is, when the electronic money card 3 is received, the recording medium charging process is performed, and when the mobile phone 4 is received, the portable terminal charging process is performed. According to this, a user who does not have a mobile phone 4 capable of charging electronic money can receive a ball lending process using the electronic money by receiving the issue of the electronic money card 3, and can operate the mobile phone 4. A user who is not familiar with mobile banking or a user who cannot use mobile banking payment may perform ball lending processing using electronic money by receiving issuance of an electronic money card 3 or use electronic money charged to a mobile phone 4 Even when the ball lending process is performed, since the charge can be easily performed with the banknotes owned by the user, the use of electronic money can be promoted.

  When the process of S417 is performed, it is determined whether or not there is a change (S418). If it is determined that there is a change (YES), the banknote identification machine 45 returns the change from the banknote insertion slot 45a ( S419), the screen shown in D43 of FIG. 28 is displayed (S420), and if it is determined that there is no change (NO), the process also proceeds to S420. In D43, the fact that the electronic money has been charged and the fact that the change has been returned are displayed, and the current charge amount, which is the purchase amount charged in S417, and the electronic money amount read in S417. The electronic money amount balance, which is the amount of electronic money obtained by adding the current charge amount, is displayed. When the process of S420 is performed, purchase amount charge completion information including the electronic money medium ID read in S417, the added electronic money amount, and the purchase amount is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (S421).

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the purchase amount charge completion information stores the electronic money amount stored today in association with the electronic money medium ID included in the purchase amount charge completion information in the electronic money DB shown in FIG. The purchase amount included in the purchase amount charge completion information is added to the charge amount. Then, the electronic money amount after the addition and the electronic money amount after the addition included in the purchase amount charge completion information are collated, and if they do not match, the electronic money medium ID is The notification of unusable including is transmitted to each ball lending unit 20 and each simple ball lending unit 20 ′ via the hall computer 60 of each store, and thereby each ball lending unit 20 and each simple ball lending The unit 20 ′ stores the electronic money medium ID included in the unusable notification, and does not perform the electronic money ball lending process even if the electronic money medium of the electronic money medium ID is received. Note that the electronic money server 80 transmits the daily charge amount for each electronic money medium ID stored in the electronic money DB to the point management device 90 during the closing process (FIG. 55A).

  Also, the electronic money server 80 that has received the purchase amount charge completion information generates an issuance number, and in the issuance history DB shown in FIG. 41, the generation is performed in association with the electronic money medium ID included in the purchase amount charge completion information. The purchase number included in the purchase amount charge completion information is stored as the issue amount, “purchase” is stored as the type, and “1” (that is, the issue amount is charged to the electronic money medium) as the charged flag. Is stored) ”.

  The communication unit 81 of the electronic money server 80 that receives the purchase amount charge completion information is an example of a usage history receiving unit, and receives a usage history (here, a charge amount) from issuance to collection of the electronic money card 3. And a usage history of the mobile phone 4 (here, the charge amount) is received.

  When the electronic money charging device 40 performs the process of S421, it is determined whether or not the number of notification flags on the day among the notification flags read in S417 is equal to or less than the upper limit number set in FIG. Determination is made (S422). If it is determined in S422 that the number of notification flags for the day is equal to or less than the upper limit number (YES), a point confirmation request including the electronic money medium ID read in S417 is transmitted to the point management device 90. (S423). Here, the control unit 42 is an example of confirmation means (second confirmation means), and is given to the accepted electronic money medium based on acceptance of the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4). Confirmation processing (second confirmation processing) for confirming whether or not a certain point has reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points) is performed. A process for instructing transmission of a point confirmation request is performed. Further, the process of transmitting the point confirmation request has reached the predetermined number of points on condition that the number of points given to the received mobile phone 4 has reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). This is also a process for transmitting an e-mail indicating this to the mobile phone 4.

  The point management device 90 that has received the point confirmation request determines whether or not the electronic money medium ID included in the point confirmation request is registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. If it is determined that the electronic money medium ID is registered (YES), the charge point stored in association with the electronic money medium ID in the charge point DB shown in FIG. A point balance is extracted, and a point balance of end points (that is, regular end points) stored in association with the electronic money medium ID is extracted from the end point DB shown in FIG. At the same time, when the membership card ID is associated with the electronic money medium ID, the usage points and memberships stored in association with the electronic money medium ID in the usage point DB shown in FIG. A point balance of the store points is extracted, and the extracted point balances are added together to specify the owned points. On the other hand, if it is determined that the electronic money medium ID is not registered (NO), the potential charge points stored in association with the electronic money medium ID in the charge point DB shown in FIG. And the point balance of end points (that is, potential end points) stored in association with the electronic money medium ID in the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46 (a) is extracted. 44 (c), a cumulative total of potential member store points stored in association with the electronic money medium ID is extracted from the use point DB, and the total of these extracted totals is added to obtain the potential possessed points. Identify.

  Next, the point management device 90 is necessary to apply the specified possession point or potential possession point to the minimum required number of points (in this example, the C prize stored in the lottery information DB shown in FIG. 46B). The first confirmation process is performed to determine whether or not 20 points have been reached. The control unit 92 of the point management device 90 that performs this processing is an example of a first confirmation unit, and is a point confirmation for confirming the points given to the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4). Based on the reception of the request from the electronic money medium, a first confirmation process for confirming whether or not the number of points given to the electronic money medium has reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points) What to do

  Here, when it is determined that the possessed points have reached the minimum necessary number of points, a point arrival notification is transmitted to the electronic money charger 40. If it is determined that the number of potential possession points has reached the minimum necessary number of points, a latent point arrival notification is transmitted to the electronic money charger 40. If it is determined that the possessed points have not reached the minimum required number of points, a point shortage notification is transmitted to the electronic money charger 40. Further, when it is determined that the potential possession points have not reached the minimum required number of points, a latent point shortage notification is transmitted to the electronic money charger 40. The control unit 92 of the point management device 90 that performs this processing is an example of a point arrival notification unit, provided that the number of points assigned to the electronic money medium has reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). As a notification process for notifying the user that the predetermined number of points has been reached.

  Furthermore, when the electronic money medium ID included in the point confirmation request is a mobile phone ID, the point management device 90 has reached the minimum required number of possessed points assigned to the mobile phone 4 of the mobile phone ID. If it is determined that the mobile phone 4 transmits a point arrival mail transmission request including the mobile phone ID to the electronic money server 80, the potential possessed points assigned to the mobile phone 4 of the mobile phone ID are at least required. When it is determined that the number of points has been reached, a first notification process of transmitting a latent point arrival mail transmission request including the mobile phone ID to the electronic money server 80 is performed. The control unit 92 of the point management device 90 that performs this process is an example of a first notification unit, and confirms that the number of points given to the mobile phone 4 has reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). As a condition, a first notification process for notifying the mobile phone 4 that the predetermined number of points has been reached is performed.

  The processing performed by the point management device 90 will be specifically described. When the point management device 90 receives a point confirmation request including, for example, a mobile phone ID of K00001, for example, the point management device 90 determines that the mobile phone ID is registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. Charge point balance stored in association with the mobile phone ID in the charge point DB (that is, charge point balance with respect to the charge amount 263 points, and charge for the amount of electronic money used at non-member stores i stores) 15 points that are the point balance of points), 40 points that are the point balance of the end points stored in association with the mobile phone ID in the end point DB shown in FIG. 46A, and FIG. Usages stored in association with the mobile phone ID in the usage point DB shown in a) The point balance of the points and the member store points (that is, the point balance of the use points with respect to the prepaid use amount and the point balance of the member store points with respect to the electronic money use amount at the store B store) are extracted. Then, the extracted point balance is added up to identify the possession point (ie, 460 points), and since the possession point has reached the minimum necessary number of points, a point arrival notification is transmitted to the electronic money charger 40. At the same time, the point arrival mail transmission request is transmitted to the electronic money server 80.

  When the point management device 90 receives a point confirmation request including, for example, the mobile phone ID of K00002, for example, the point management device 90 determines that the mobile phone ID is not registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. The cumulative number of potential charge points stored in association with the mobile phone ID in the charge point DB shown (that is, the total number of potential charge points with respect to the charge amount is 197 points, and the amount of electronic money used at the non-member store i store) The cumulative total of potential charge points (31 points), the point balance of the end point points stored in association with the mobile phone ID in the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46 (a), and FIG. The potential value stored in association with the mobile phone ID in the use point DB shown in (c). Cumulative store points (ie, 69 points which is the cumulative total of potential member store points with respect to the amount of electronic money used at member store A store) and 40 points which are the balance of potential member store points with respect to the amount of electronic money used at member store B store Points), and adding these accumulated totals to identify potential possession points (ie, 454 points). Since the potential possession points have reached the minimum required number of points, the potential point arrival notification is sent to the electronic money. In addition to transmitting to the charging machine 40, a latent point arrival mail transmission request is transmitted to the electronic money server 80.

  Returning to FIG. 27, the electronic money charging machine 40 having performed the process of S423 displays the screen shown in D43a of FIG. 29 (S424). In D43a, it is displayed that the point is being confirmed. When the processing of S424 is performed, reception of the point arrival notification (S425), latent point arrival notification (S426), point shortage notification (S427), or latent point shortage notification (S428) transmitted from the point management device 90 is awaited. To do.

  If the point arrival notification is received in S425 (YES), the screen shown in D43b of FIG. 29 is displayed (S425a), and the process is terminated. In D43b, it is displayed that the possessed points have reached the minimum required number of points, and that the user points can be used when entering the password and logging in to the member-dedicated website, The “Login” button is displayed. When the password is input and the “login” button is operated in D43b, the electronic money charging device 40 includes the electronic money medium ID read in S417 and the input password, although not shown. A login request is transmitted to the point management device 90 which is a web server. Thereby, similarly to the point member terminal 50 which will be described later, the screen of D150 and below in FIG. 31 is displayed, and the points can be used.

  If a latent point arrival notification is received in S426 (YES), the screen shown in D43b 'of FIG. 29 is displayed (S426a), and the process ends. In D43b ', it is displayed that the number of potential possession points has reached the minimum necessary number of points, and that the potential possession points can be used when the point member registration is performed, and the "point member registration" button Is displayed. When the “point member registration” button is operated in D43b ′, although not shown, the screen from D110 of FIG. 32 distributed from the website provided by the point management device 90 is displayed, and the point member registration is performed. Is possible.

  Here, the display 43 that displays the screen shown in D43b or D43b ′ is an example of a notification means (second notification means), and is given to the received electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4). The points (owned points, potential owned points) have reached the predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points) necessary for receiving benefits (in this case, the point arrival notification or latent point arrival notification has been received) As a condition, a notification process (second notification process) for notifying that the predetermined number of points has been reached is performed. According to this, based on the reception of the electronic money medium in the electronic money charging machine 40, whether the points given to the received electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points necessary for receiving the benefit provision Since the fact is confirmed and notified on the condition that it has been reached, the point given to the electronic money medium at a suitable timing for a user who does not own a terminal such as a PC It is possible to notice that the predetermined number of points has been reached (that is, to recognize that a privilege can be received). Whether or not the points given to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points required for receiving the benefits accompanying the charging of the electronic money to the electronic money medium in the electronic money charging machine 40 Since this is notified on the condition that it has been confirmed and reached, it is possible to save the user from checking the point by accessing the member-only website.

  In addition, the display 43 functioning as an informing means is provided on the condition that the regular points have reached the predetermined number of points on the condition that the latent points have reached the predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). In the second notification mode (D43b ′), which is different from the first notification mode (D43b), notification processing for notifying that the potential points have reached a predetermined number of points is performed. According to this, the 1st alerting | reporting aspect which alert | reports that the regular point has reached the predetermined number of points, and the 2nd alerting | reporting aspect which alert | reports that the latent point has reached the predetermined number of points are included. Since they are different, it is possible to make a user who has not registered a point member aware of the necessity of point member registration.

  In addition, the electronic money charging machine 40 that displays the screen shown in D43b, on the condition that the number of points given to the received electronic money medium has reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). The privilege receiving operation for the user to receive the privilege according to the number can be received from the user. Here, as the privilege receiving operation, the point is used to provide the privilege (application for lottery, product and Login operation to the member-only website for receiving the exchange. According to this, since it is possible to perform a privilege receiving operation in the electronic money charger 40 without operating the mobile phone 4 or the PC 5 or going to the point member terminal 50, the convenience of the user is improved. Can do.

  Furthermore, the electronic money charging machine 40 that displays the screen shown in D43b 'enables the point member registration to be accepted from the user on the condition that the latent points have reached a predetermined number of points. According to this, since it is possible to perform point member registration in the electronic money charger 40 without operating the mobile phone 4 or the PC 5 or going to the point member terminal 50, the convenience of the user is improved. Can do.

  If a point shortage notification is received in S427 (YES), the screen shown in D43c of FIG. 29 is displayed (S427a), and the process ends. In D43c, it is displayed that the possessed points are insufficient for the minimum required number of points.

  If a latent point shortage notification is received in S428 (YES), the screen shown in D43c 'of FIG. 29 is displayed (S428a), and the process ends. In this D43c ′, it is displayed that the number of potential possession points is insufficient for the minimum necessary number of points, and that the potential possession points can be used when the point member registration is performed, and the “Point member registration” button Is displayed. When the “point member registration” button is operated in D43b ′, although not shown, the screen from D110 of FIG. 32 distributed from the website provided by the point management device 90 is displayed, and the point member registration is performed. Is possible.

  If it is determined in S422 that the number of notification flags for the day exceeds the upper limit number (NO), the process is terminated. In this example, since the upper limit number is set to 2, when there are two or less notification flags for the day recorded on the electronic money medium, the process proceeds to S423 and the notification process is performed. If there are three or more notification flags for the current day recorded in the electronic money medium, the process proceeds to S423 and subsequent steps, and the process ends without performing the notification process. In other words, the display 43 functioning as the notification means has a predetermined period (one day in this example) within the upper limit number of times set by the notification upper limit setting means (the display 93 and the input device 94 of the point management device 90). The notification process is performed. According to this, since the notification process is performed within the range of the preset upper limit number of times, if the upper limit number of times is appropriately set, an adverse effect that the user feels troublesome due to the excessive notification process being performed is prevented. be able to. Further, based on the notification flag of the day recorded on the electronic money medium, the electronic money charging device 40 determines whether or not to perform the notification process (S422). It is not necessary to communicate with 90, and the processing load of the system can be reduced.

  Here, processing performed by the electronic money server 80 that has received the point arrival mail transmission request or the latent point arrival mail transmission request from the point management device 90 will be described.

  The electronic money server 80 stores the electronic mail stored in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39 in association with the mobile phone ID included in the point arrival mail transmission request based on the reception of the point arrival mail transmission request. An electronic mail indicated by DK21 in FIG. 10 is transmitted to the address. In this DK21, as in the case of D43b, the fact that the possessed points have reached the minimum required number of points and that the use points can be used when the user enters the password and logs in to the member-only website is displayed. A password input field and a login request transmission link (here, “login” characters) are displayed. When the personal identification number is input and the transmission link is operated with the DK21, although not shown, the cellular phone 4 sends a login request including its own cellular phone ID and the inputted personal identification number to the web server. It is transmitted to a certain point management device 90. As a result, in the same manner as the cellular phone 4 or the PC 5, the screen of D150 or less in FIG. 11 is displayed, and the points can be used.

  Further, the electronic money server 80 stores in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39 in association with the mobile phone ID included in the latent point arrival email transmission request based on the reception of the latent point arrival email transmission request. The e-mail indicated by DK21 'in FIG. In this DK21 ′, it is displayed that the number of potential possession points has reached the minimum necessary number of points and that the potential possession points can be used when registering as a point member, in substantially the same manner as D43b ′. At the same time, an access link to the website provided by the point management device 90 (here, “point member registration” characters) is displayed. When the access link is operated with the DK 21 ′, the mobile phone 4 is distributed from the website provided by the point management device 90 in the same manner as the mobile phone 4 or the PC 5, and is less than D110 in FIG. A screen will be displayed allowing you to register as a point member.

  According to this, in the point management device 90, based on the reception of the point confirmation request from the mobile phone 4, it is confirmed whether or not the points given to the mobile phone 4 have reached a predetermined number of points. The electronic money server 80 transmits an e-mail to that effect to the mobile phone 4 on the condition that the mobile phone 4 has been reached. Make sure that the user has noticed that the number of points given to the mobile phone 4 has reached a predetermined number of points at an appropriate timing (ie, make sure that the user can receive the benefits). be able to.

  Returning to FIG. 27, when the “Receive” button is operated in S <b> 402 (YES), the electronic money charging machine 40 enters the reception mode and displays the screen shown in D <b> 44 of FIG. 28 (S <b> 431). In D44, a message is displayed prompting acceptance of the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) (touching the proximity portion 44a). When the processing of S431 is performed, the reception of the electronic money medium is awaited (S432), and when the IC chip R / W 44 receives the electronic money medium (YES), the electronic money medium ID and the electronic money medium ID are received from the IC chip of the electronic money medium. The electronic money amount is read (S433), and a privilege receipt request including the read electronic money medium ID is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (S434).

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the privilege receipt request, in the issuance history DB shown in FIG. 41, among the electronic money stored in association with the electronic money medium ID included in the privilege receipt request ( That is, it is determined whether there is privileged electronic money (that is, electronic money whose type is exchange, winning, or privilege) with a charged flag of 0. If it is determined that there is no uncharged privileged electronic money (NO), no privilege information indicating that there is no uncharged privileged electronic money is transmitted to the electronic money charging device 40.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that there is uncharged bonus electronic money (YES), the electronic money medium ID, the issue number and issue amount of the uncharged bonus electronic money (if there are multiple, The charge information including the issue number and the issue amount is transmitted to the electronic money charger 40. The control unit 82 that performs the process of transmitting the charge information is an example of a charge information transmission unit, and is provided in the store, and the bonus electronic money issued by the bonus electronic money issuing unit (electronic money server 80) described later is stored in the bonus electronic money. Charge information for executing the charge is transmitted to the first privilege charge processing means (electronic money charge machine 40) that charges the recording medium to be issued.

  After performing the process of S434, the electronic money charging machine 40 waits for reception of charge information (S435) or no privilege information (S436) transmitted from the electronic money server 80. If there is reception of no privilege information in S436 (YES), it is displayed that there is no privilege electronic money, and the process is terminated. On the other hand, if charge information is received in S435 (YES), the screen shown in D45 of FIG. 28 is displayed (S438). In D45, the issue amount of privileged electronic money included in the received charge information (if there are a plurality, the sum of the issue amounts) and a message prompting the user to accept the electronic money medium again are displayed.

  When the processing of S438 is performed, reception of the electronic money medium is waited (S439), and when the IC chip R / W 44 receives the electronic money medium (YES), the electronic money medium ID and the electronic money medium ID are received from the IC chip of the electronic money medium. The electronic money amount is read (S440), and it is determined whether or not the read electronic money medium ID matches the electronic money medium ID included in the received charge information (S441). If it is determined in S441 that the electronic money medium IDs do not match (NO), it is displayed that the electronic money medium ID is different and cannot be charged (S442), and the process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S441 that the electronic money medium IDs match (YES), the electronic money corresponding to the issued amount is charged to the IC chip (S443). That is, when the electronic money card 3 is received, the recording medium privilege charging process is performed, and when the mobile phone 4 is received, the portable terminal privilege charging process is performed. According to this, since the electronic money charging machine 40 provided in the store can charge the privileged electronic money to the electronic money medium as the electronic money, the user of the electronic money medium can transfer the privileged electronic money to the electronic money medium. Therefore, it is not necessary to prepare a dedicated R / W for charging to the user, and the convenience of the user of the electronic money medium can be improved. In particular, since the electronic money card 3 cannot be charged with special electronic money, the electronic money charging machine 40 can be used to charge the electronic money card 40 to improve the convenience of the user of the electronic money card 3. It can be greatly improved.

  When the processing of S443 is performed, the screen shown in D46 of FIG. 28 is displayed (S444). In D46, the current charge amount that is the issue amount charged in S443 and the electronic money amount balance that is the electronic money amount obtained by adding the current charge amount to the electronic money amount read in S440 are displayed. When the process of S444 is performed, the privilege charge completion information including the electronic money medium ID read in S440, the electronic money amount after addition, each issue number included in the received charge information, and the issue amount is electronically converted. The data is transmitted to the money server 80 (S445), and the process is terminated.

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the privilege charge completion information adds the privilege to the electronic money amount stored in association with the electronic money medium ID included in the privilege charge completion information in the electronic money DB shown in FIG. The issue included in the charge completion information is added. The issue amount is not added to the amount charged today. Then, the electronic money amount after the addition and the electronic money amount after the addition included in the bonus charge completion information are collated, and if they do not coincide, the electronic money medium ID is included. An unusable notification is transmitted to each ball rental unit 20 and each simple ball rental unit 20 ′ via the hall computer 60 of each store, whereby each ball rental unit 20 and each simple ball rental unit. 20 'stores the electronic money medium ID included in the unusable notice, and even if the electronic money medium with the electronic money medium ID is received, the electronic money ball lending process is not performed.

  In addition, the electronic money server 80 that has received the privilege charge completion information “1” (that is, the issue amount is charged to the electronic money medium as the charged flag corresponding to the electronic money medium ID and each issue number included in the privilege charge completion information). ) ”Is memorized.

  Next, the point member terminal 50 will be described. The point member terminal 50 is provided at a predetermined location in the store (for example, in the vicinity of a gift exchange counter), and has a kiosk terminal shape as shown in FIG. The display 53, the proximity part 54a, etc., and the communication part 51, the control part 52, the IC chip R / W 54, etc. are provided therein, and these components are as shown in FIG. 30 (b). It is connected.

  The communication unit 51 is communicably connected to the communication unit 91 of the point management device 90. The control unit 52 includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an EEPROM, and the like. The processing program stored in the ROM (or EEPROM) is executed by the CPU using the RAM as a work area, so that the point member terminal 50 is provided. Various operations are performed by controlling the operation of each component. The touch panel display 53 is a device for displaying various types of information and a device for inputting various types of information.

  The IC chip R / W 54 receives the membership card 2 that is in proximity to the proximity portion 54a, reads the membership card ID from the IC chip of the accepted membership card 2, and electronic money that is in proximity to the proximity portion 54a. A medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) is received, and an electronic money medium ID (electronic money card ID, mobile phone ID) is read from an IC chip of the received electronic money medium. The specific action of the IC chip R / W 54 is the same as that of the IC chips R / W 25 and 44.

  Here, with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34, various requests and information transmitted from the point member terminal 50 to the point management device 90 will be described. Each of the screens shown in FIGS. 31 to 34 is a screen that is distributed from the point management device 90 without going through the Internet and is displayed on the display 33 of the point member terminal 50, and the access terminal (PC 5 or mobile phone). It is substantially the same as each screen shown in FIGS. 11 to 14 displayed on the display in the telephone 4).

  However, since the point member terminal 50 can receive the member card 2 and the electronic money medium by the IC chip R / W 54 and read the member card ID and the electronic money medium ID, the screen number “ Each screen (specifically, D151 ′ in FIG. 31, D111 ′ in FIG. 32, D121 ′ in FIG. 33, and D171 ′, D173 ′, and D174 in FIG. 34). ', D180', and D190 '), the ID to be input can be manually input, and can also be input by accepting the membership card 2 or electronic money medium by the IC chip R / W 54.

  Except for this point, the screens shown in FIGS. 31 to 34 are the same as the screens shown in FIGS. 11 to 14. And information (specifically, a point use request transmitted when the “use point” button is operated in D150 of FIG. 31 and a point member transmitted when the “register” button is operated in D111 ′ of FIG. 32. Registration request, member card transfer request sent when the “takeover” button is operated in D114, point member registration request sent when the “register” button is operated in D121 ′ of FIG. 33, “takeover” in D124 ”Button, the first electronic money medium takeover request sent, and when the“ takeover ”button is operated in D125, the second electronic money medium takeover request is sent. Member information change request that is sent when the button is operated, a member card takeover request that is sent when the “takeover” button is operated in the same D171 ′, and a transmission that is performed when the “takeover” button is operated in the same D173 ′. The first electronic money medium takeover request to be sent, and when the “takeover” button is operated in D174 ′, the second electronic money medium takeover request to be sent, and the “additional registration” button is operated in D180 ′. The same applies to the first additional registration request transmitted and the second additional registration request transmitted when the “additional registration” button is operated in D190 ′.

  Accordingly, the point member terminal 50 functions as the point member registration receiving means (privilege member registration receiving means) and the takeover information receiving means, similarly to the access terminal.

  Returning to FIG. 1, the counter 62 will be described. As described above, the counter 62 is provided at a predetermined location (for example, the end of the amusement island) separately on the 4-yen business floor and the 1-yen business floor, which have different pachinko ball lending rates, and counts by itself. A bar code indicating a pachinko ball lending rate, counting the number of balls acquired by the user through the game, and indicating the number of balls counted and the lending rate stored. A count receipt recording the loan rate is issued.

  Next, the POS terminal 63 will be described. The POS terminal 63 is provided in a gift exchange counter in the store, and is connected as shown in FIG. 35 (b), the communication unit 63a, the control unit 63b, the display 63c, the input device 63d, the barcode reader 63e, and the IC chip R. / W63f etc., and has an appearance as shown in FIG.

  The communication unit 63a is communicably connected to the communication unit 91 of the point management device 90. The control unit 63b includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an EEPROM, and the like. The processing program stored in the ROM (or EEPROM) is executed by the CPU using the RAM as a work area, so that the POS terminal 63 is provided. Various operations are performed by controlling the operation of each component. The display 63c is a device for displaying various information, and the input device 63d is a device for inputting various information.

  The bar code reader 63e reads the bar code recorded on the counting receipt and receives the number of balls and the loan rate indicated by the read bar code. By reading the bar code attached to the general prize provided to the player at the cage prize exchange counter, the exchange ball of the general prize stored in association with the JAN code indicated by the read barcode In addition, by reading a bar code corresponding to the special prize (for example, the bar code in a list in which bar codes are recorded for each special prize type), the special code corresponding to the read bar code is read. The number of exchange balls for the prize is accepted.

  The IC chip R / W 63f accepts an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) that is close to the proximity part (the part indicated as “TOUCH”), and electronically transmits the electronic money from the IC chip of the accepted electronic money medium. The money medium ID (electronic money card ID, mobile phone ID) is read. The specific operation of the IC chip R / W 54 is the same as that of the IC chips R / W 25, 44, 54.

  Here, the subtraction process performed by the POS terminal 63 will be described with reference to FIG. The POS terminal 63 reads the barcode recorded on the counting receipt by the barcode reader 63e, receives the number of counting balls and the loan rate indicated by the read barcode (S601), The barcode attached to the plurality of general prizes is read by the barcode reader 63e, and the number of exchange balls of the general prize stored in association with the JAN code indicated by the read barcode is received. Alternatively, when a barcode corresponding to one or more special prizes desired to be exchanged is read by the barcode reader 63e and the number of exchange balls of the special prize corresponding to the read barcode is received (S602), it is accepted in S601. It is determined whether or not the counted number of balls is equal to or greater than the number of exchange balls accepted in S602 (S603).

  If it is determined in S603 that the counted number of balls is less than the number of exchanged balls (NO), the process returns to S602. On the other hand, if it is determined in S603 that the counted number of balls is equal to or greater than the number of exchanged balls (YES), the number of exchanged balls is subtracted from the counted number of balls (S604), and the end point exchange operation is waited ( S605). If there is no end point exchange operation in S605 (NO), the subtraction process is terminated. On the other hand, if there is an end ball point exchange operation in S605 (YES), the process proceeds to the end ball point exchange process in S611 and the subsequent steps. In addition, when the process of S604 is performed, the game shop clerk provides the user with the general prize and / or the special prize having the number of exchanged balls received in S602.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 36 (b), the edge point exchange process performed by the POS terminal 63 will be described. The POS terminal 63 is less than the number of replacement balls of the special prize (500 yen prize in this example) with the minimum number of remaining balls obtained by subtracting the number of exchanged balls from the counted number of balls in S604 (in this example, the loan rate is 4 yen) It is determined whether it is an end ball of less than 125 balls or less than 500 balls if the loan rate is 1 yen (S611). If it is determined in S611 that the number of remaining balls is not an end ball (NO), it is displayed on the display 63c that the number of remaining balls is too large, and the end ball point exchanging process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S611 that the number of remaining balls is an end ball (YES), the reception of the electronic money medium is awaited (S612), and the IC chip R / W 63f receives the electronic money medium ( YES), the electronic money medium ID is read from the IC chip of the electronic money medium (S613), and an end point point exchange request indicating the read electronic money medium ID, the number of remaining balls, and the loan rate is sent to the point management device 90. (S614), and waits for the reception of the end point exchange completion notification returned from the point management device 90 (S615), and if the end point exchange completion notification is received (YES) The end point exchange process is terminated.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 36 (c), the edge point giving process performed by the point management device 90 will be described. The point management apparatus 90 waits for reception of the end point exchange request transmitted from the POS terminal 63 (S651), and when the end point exchange request is received, the loan rate indicated by the end point exchange request On the basis of the point conversion rate set in FIG. 42 (e), the remaining number of balls indicated by the point confirmation request is converted into end ball points (S652). Specifically, the number of remaining balls is a point conversion rate (in this example, 2.5 balls per point when the loan rate is 4 yen, 10 balls per point when the loan rate is 1 yen) The integer part of the divided quotient is given as an end point. For example, when an end ball point exchange request indicating 12 remaining balls and a loan rate of 4 yen is received, 4 end ball points are given because 12 balls / 2.5 balls = 4.8. Further, when receiving an end ball point exchange request indicating 25 balls remaining and a lending rate of 1 yen, 2 end ball points are given because 25 balls / 10 balls = 2.5.

  The control unit 92 of the point management device 90 that performs the process of S652 is an example of a point conversion unit, and within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user (the number of acquired balls = the number of counted balls), The remaining number of remaining game media (the number of remaining balls = end ball) that is less than the number of game media necessary for exchanging (in this example, the number of exchanged balls of 500 yen prize, which is a special prize with the smallest number of exchanged balls) In this case, the number of remaining game media is converted into edge points based on the point conversion rate set by the point conversion rate setting means. According to this, the number of remaining game media is converted into points based on the point conversion rate set for each loan rate of game media, so that even if a game with a different loan rate is performed, even point conversion is performed. Can do.

  The point management device 90 that has performed the process of S652 associates the end point converted in S652 with the electronic money medium ID indicated by the end point exchange request in the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46 (a). It adds to the end ball point which is (S653). Here, the end point points added in association with the electronic money medium ID are used as charge points, use points, and member store points associated with the electronic money medium ID in a point use process (FIG. 59) described later. It is added and can be used.

  The control unit 92 of the point management device 90 that performs the processing of S653 is an example of a point addition processing unit, and the electronic money medium (that is, received in S612) that has received the points converted by the point conversion unit with the exchange. A point addition process for adding to points given to the electronic money medium) is performed. According to this, within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media (that is, end balls) that is less than the number of game media required for exchanging with a specific prize is the number of remaining game media. Since the converted end ball points are added to the points given to the electronic money medium received with the exchange, the converted end ball points can be used. Encourage usage. That is, in addition to the charge points, use points, and member store points, the end point points are given, so that the opportunity to increase points increases, so that the user can be encouraged to use the point system.

  The point management device 90 that has performed the processing of S653 returns a notification of end point exchange completion indicating that the end point grant processing has been completed to the POS terminal 63 (S654), and ends the end point grant processing. To do.

  Next, processing performed by the point management device 90 will be described.

  As described above, the point management device 90 performs various processes based on various information transmitted from the access terminal or the point member terminal 50. Specifically, the point member registration process (FIG. 47) is performed based on the point member registration request, the member information change process is performed based on the member information change request, and the member card transfer process is performed based on the reception of the member card transfer request. 48 (FIG. 48), the first electronic money medium takeover process (FIGS. 49 and 50) is performed based on the reception of the first electronic money medium takeover request, and the second electronic money medium takeover request is received. The second electronic money medium takeover process (FIGS. 51 and 52) is performed, and the first additional registration process (FIG. 53) is performed based on the reception of the first additional registration request. Based on the reception, the second additional registration process (FIG. 54) is performed.

  In addition to these processes, the point management device 90 performs a point grant process (FIGS. 55 to 57) and a privilege electronic money issuance request process (FIG. 58) during the closing process after the end of the business day. Further, the point management device 90 performs point use processing (FIGS. 59 to 60) during business on that day. In addition, the said end ball point provision process (FIG.35 (c)) is performed at any time during the business of the day, every time the point management apparatus 90 receives an end ball point exchange request.

  First, with reference to FIG. 55, the point grant processing performed by the point management device 90 will be described. First, as shown in FIG. 55 (a), the communication unit 91 of the point management device 90 performs the content of the prepaid use amount DB transmitted from each store during the closing process (that is, the prepaid use amount for each member card ID). ), Electronic money usage amount transmitted from each store (that is, electronic money usage amount for each electronic money medium ID), and electronic money DB content transmitted from the electronic money server 80 (that is, each electronic money). Today's charge for each medium ID).

  The communication unit 91 is an example of a receiving unit, and recording medium transaction information (prepaid usage amount) and a member card relating to a transaction (ball rental) using the member card 2 issued to a member registered as a member in each store. Electronic money transaction information (electronic money usage amount) and electronic money medium ID related to a transaction (ball lending) using electronic money charged to an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) And electronic money charge information (charge amount) relating to charging of electronic money to the electronic money medium and an electronic money medium ID are received.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 55 (b), the control unit 92 of the point management device 90 adds up the received prepaid use amount, electronic money use amount, and charge amount for each ID. Specifically, for a member that has been registered in the point member DB and has a member card ID (for example, A00001) and an electronic money medium ID (for example, K00001) associated with each other, the data type is the member card ID. The amount and transmission source of the corresponding prepaid usage amount are totaled, and the amount and transmission source are totaled for each of the electronic money usage amount and the charge amount corresponding to the electronic money medium ID.

  For a member card ID (for example, A00004) that has been registered in the point member DB and is not associated with the electronic money medium ID, the amount of data and the transmission source of the prepaid usage amount corresponding to the member card ID are set as the data type. Tally. For an electronic money medium ID that is registered in the point member DB and not associated with the member card ID (for example, DM24278), the electronic money usage amount and the charge amount corresponding to the electronic money medium ID are used as the data type. Sum up the amount and source for each.

  For the member card ID that is not registered in the point member DB (for example, A00002), the amount of the prepaid use amount corresponding to the member card ID and the transmission source are totaled as the data type. In addition, for an electronic money medium ID (for example, K00002) that is not registered in the point member DB, as the data type, the amount and the transmission source are summed up for each of the electronic money use amount and the charge amount corresponding to the electronic money medium ID.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 55C, the point types assigned to the respective data types aggregated in FIG. 55B will be described. Specifically, for a member registered in the point member DB and having a member card ID (for example, A00001) and an electronic money medium ID (for example, K00001) associated with each other, as shown in FIG. On the other hand, use points of our shop are given, and charge points are given to the charge amount. In addition, for the amount of electronic money used at each store, a store match determination is performed to determine whether or not the store where the member card ID is issued (store A in this case) matches the source of the amount of electronic money used. The use point of our store is given to the amount of electronic money used that matches the source (here, the amount of electronic money used by the store A). Further, for the electronic money usage amount of each store where the transmission source does not match, a member store determination is performed to determine whether or not the transmission source of each electronic money usage amount is a member store, and the electronic money whose transmission source is the member store is determined. The member store point of the member store is given to the amount used (here, the amount of electronic money used by the store B), and the amount of electronic money used (in this case the source is Charge points are awarded for the amount of money used in the store.

  Here, the control unit 92 that performs the store match determination is an example of a store match determination unit, and the received electronic money medium is provided on the condition that the reception unit receives the electronic money usage amount and the electronic money medium ID. It is determined whether or not the store that issued the member card 2 with the member card ID associated with the ID matches the electronic money usage amount and the store from which the electronic money medium ID is transmitted. Further, the control unit 92 that performs the member store determination is an example of the member store determination unit, and the transmission source of the electronic money usage amount and the electronic money medium ID is provided on the condition that the store match determination unit determines that they do not match. It is determined whether or not the store is a member store.

  In addition, with respect to a member card ID (for example, A00004) that has been registered in the point member DB and is not associated with an electronic money medium ID, the use point of the shop is given to the prepaid use amount. For electronic money medium IDs that are registered in the point member DB and not associated with the membership card ID (for example, DM24278), a charge point is assigned to the charge amount, and the amount of electronic money used by each member store. In contrast, potential member store points of each member store are given, and charge points of each non-member store are given to the amount of electronic money used by each non-member store.

  In addition, for a member card ID (for example, A00002) that is not registered in the point member DB, a potential use point of the shop is given to the prepaid use amount. For electronic money medium IDs not registered in the point member DB (for example, K00002), a potential charge point is assigned to the charge amount, and each member store's potential membership is assigned to the electronic money usage amount of each member store. Store points are granted, and potential charge points of each non-member store are given to the amount of electronic money used by each non-member store.

  Here, the control unit 92 is an example of a point granting unit, and gives a usage point corresponding to the prepaid usage amount. The control unit 92 is an example of a first point granting unit, and is a mobile phone 4. Grant points according to the electronic money charge (charge amount) and / or use points and / or member store points according to the use of electronic money charged to the mobile phone 4 (electronic money use amount) Further, the control unit 92 is an example of a second point granting unit, and corresponds to the charge (charge amount) of the electronic money to the electronic money card 3 between the issue and collection of the electronic money card 3 Charge points and / or points used according to the use of electronic money charged to the electronic money card 3 (electronic money usage amount) / Or is intended to grant the merchant point. These point granting means give regular points (use points, member store points, charge points) for those that have been registered for point membership, and latent points for those that have not been registered for point membership. Points (potential use points, potential member store points, potential charge points) are granted.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 56, an example of use point giving processing performed by the point management apparatus 90 will be described. FIG. 56 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the use point DB (FIG. 44 (a)) by the use point assigning process. Here, as shown in [0] of FIG. 56 (a), the member of A00001 A process performed on March 7 in a state where the card ID and the electronic money medium ID of K00001 are associated will be described.

  First, as the processing of [1], the point management device 90 collects the prepaid use amount (16000 yen) of the shop corresponding to the member card ID (A00001) and the electronic money medium ID ( The electronic money usage amount (12,000 yen) of our store corresponding to K00001) and the electronic money usage amount (13,000 yen) of each member store (here, B store) corresponding to the electronic money medium ID Store in the storage column and update each total.

  Next, as the processing of [2], the point management device 90 assigns a total value of the usage points according to the prepaid usage amount of the store and the usage points according to the electronic money usage amount of the store. When the upper limit value is exceeded, the use point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, the point granting rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen of prepaid usage and electronic money usage at our shop, and the upper limit for point granting is 10 points per day, so 10 points used according to prepaid usage +10 points used according to the amount of electronic money used = 20 points in total, so an upper limit value of 10 points is given as points used. In addition, a member store point corresponding to the amount of electronic money used by each member store is given. If the upper limit value is exceeded, the member store point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, the point grant rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen of electronic money spent at member stores, and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, so member stores according to the amount of electronic money used at store B The upper limit of 10 points is given as points. And the total of each point is updated.

  Here, the control unit 92 is an example of a point management means, and manages the use points given according to the prepaid use amount in association with the member card ID, and the store is given according to the electronic money use amount. The use points and the member store points of each member store are managed as the member points of the member card ID associated with the electronic money medium ID. According to this, by storing the member card ID of the member card 2 and the electronic money medium ID of the electronic money medium in association with each other, the member can charge the electronic money medium without using the member card 2. Even when a ball loan is made using the electronic money that has been used, the points used according to the use of the electronic money and the member store points of each member store can be managed as points of the member .

  Further, the control unit 92 serving as the point management means adds the use points given according to the electronic money use amount to the use points of the member card ID associated with the electronic money medium ID, so that the member It is to be managed as a point. According to this, the usage points given according to the use of the electronic money are added to the usage points associated with the membership card ID, thereby giving the usage points given according to the usage of the electronic money. Since the member can use the total number of points used in accordance with the use of the membership card 2, the convenience of the member can be improved.

  Further, the control unit 92 serving as the point management means associates the usage points given in accordance with the electronic money usage amount with the electronic money medium ID on the condition that the store matching judgment means judges that they match. Membership ID is added according to the amount of electronic money used on the condition that it is managed as the point of the member by adding it to the point of the member card ID, and is determined not to match by the store match determination means By managing the store points in association with the electronic money medium ID, the store points are managed as the points of the member. According to this, the use points given in accordance with the use of electronic money in the store registered as a member are added to the use points associated with the member card ID, while in the store not registered as a member. The member store points granted in accordance with the use of electronic money are managed in association with the electronic money medium ID, so that it is possible to use electronic money regardless of whether or not the store is registered as a member. Since the points given in response can be managed as the points of the member, the use of electronic money can be promoted.

  Further, the control unit 92 serving as the point management means corresponds to the electronic money medium ID with the points given in accordance with the amount of electronic money used, provided that the member store determining means determines that the store is a member store. In addition, it is managed as a member store point of the member store. According to this, the member store points granted according to the use of the electronic money at the point service member stores other than the member registered stores are the same as the use points granted according to the use of the member card 2 for each store. Therefore, for example, settlement related to the point with each store can be reliably performed.

  Further, the control unit 92 serving as the point management means is configured such that the sum of the usage points according to the prepaid usage amount in a predetermined period (every day) and the usage points according to the electronic money usage amount in the predetermined period is the upper limit value. The upper limit value is managed as a member's point on condition that the upper limit value of the use points set by the setting means is exceeded. According to this, even when the total value of the use points granted according to the use of the membership card 2 during the predetermined period and the use points granted according to the use of the electronic money exceeds the upper limit value. Since points exceeding the upper limit are not given, fairness with a member who owns only the membership card 2 can be maintained.

  As shown in FIG. 56 (b), when takeover specifying information is stored in association with the member card ID, the stored identification information is stored before the processing of [1] in FIG. 56 (a). Stores the prepaid usage amount (2000 yen) of the store corresponding to the takeover source ID in the storage column of March 7 of the prepaid usage amount corresponding to the member card ID, and updates the accumulated prepaid usage amount. . Thereafter, by performing the processes [1] and [2] in FIG. 56 (a), the prepaid usage amount of the takeover source ID, the prepaid usage amount of the member card ID, Usage points corresponding to the electronic money usage amount of the electronic money medium ID are given.

  Here, the control unit 92 as the point management means takes over the use points managed for the takeover member card 2 on the condition that takeover specifying information is stored for the takeover member card 2. The point addition process at the time of taking over which adds the points to be given to the former member card 2 and the points to be given to the succeeding member card 2 is performed. According to this, since the transfer point addition process is performed on the condition that the transfer specific information is stored for the transfer destination member card 2, the transfer to the transfer source member card 2 does not depend on the interval at which points are allocated. Of the points to be given, the points to be added to the use points of the succeeding member card 2 can be reliably added.

  Although not shown in FIG. 56, a member card ID (for example, A00004 shown in FIG. 55B) that has been registered in the point member DB and is not associated with the electronic money medium ID depends on the prepaid usage amount. However, when the upper limit value is exceeded, the use point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, the point grant rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen of the prepaid use amount, and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, so 8 points are given as use points according to the prepaid use amount at our shop.

  In addition, although not shown in FIG. 56, an electronic money medium ID (for example, DM24278 shown in FIG. 55 (b)) that has been registered in the point member DB and is not associated with the member card ID is electronic to each member store. Potential member store points corresponding to the amount of money used are granted. If the upper limit value is exceeded, potential member store points of the upper limit value are granted. In this example, the point grant rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen of electronic money spent at member stores, and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, so the potential membership depending on the amount of electronic money used at store A 4 points are given as store points, and 3 points are given as potential member store points corresponding to the amount of electronic money used at store B.

  Further, although not shown in FIG. 56, for a member card ID not registered in the point member DB (for example, A00002 shown in FIG. 55 (b)), potential use points corresponding to the prepaid use amount are given, but the upper limit value is set. If it exceeds, a potential use point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, the point grant rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen of prepaid use, and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, so the upper limit of 10 points as the potential use points according to the prepaid use amount at our shop Is granted.

  Further, although not shown in FIG. 56, for an electronic money medium ID not registered in the point member DB (for example, K00002 shown in FIG. 55B), potential member store points corresponding to the amount of electronic money used by each member store are displayed. If the upper limit value is exceeded, potential member store points of the upper limit value are granted. In this example, the point grant rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen of electronic money spent at member stores, and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, so the potential membership depending on the amount of electronic money used at store A 10 points are given as store points, and 10 points are given as potential member store points according to the amount of electronic money used at store B.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 57, an example of the charge point giving process performed by the point management device 90 will be described. FIG. 57 is a diagram showing the transition of the stored contents of the charge point DB (FIG. 45 (a)) by the charge point giving process. Here, as shown in [0] of FIG. 57 (a), the electronic data of DM00246 is shown. A process performed on March 7 in a state where the money medium ID and the membership card ID of A01234 are associated will be described.

  First, as the processing of [1], the point management device 90 collects the charge amount (12,000 yen) corresponding to the electronic money medium ID (DM00246) and each non-member store (in this case, it is calculated in FIG. 55B). Store the electronic money usage amount (11,000 yen) of the store) in the storage column on March 7, and update each cumulative total.

  Next, as the processing of [2], the point management device 90 gives a charge point corresponding to the charge amount. If the upper limit value is exceeded, a charge point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, since the point grant rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen charged and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, the upper limit of 10 points is given as the charge point according to the charge. In addition, a charge point corresponding to the amount of electronic money used by each non-member store is given. If the upper limit value is exceeded, a charge point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, the point grant rate is 1 point for every 2000 yen of electronic money spent at non-member stores and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, so charge according to the amount of electronic money spent at a store 5 points are given as points. And the total of each point is updated.

  Here, the control unit 92 serving as the point management means manages the charge points given according to the charge amount as the member points of the member card ID associated with the electronic money medium ID. According to this, even when the electronic money is charged to the electronic money medium, the charge points given according to the charge of the electronic money can be managed as the points of the member, so the use of the electronic money is promoted can do.

  Further, the control unit 92 which is the point management means, on the condition that the member store determination means determines that the member store is not a member store, the grant rate lower than the member store point grant rate according to the amount of electronic money used ( In this example, charge points granted at a grant rate of 50%) are managed as member points of the membership card ID associated with the electronic money medium ID. According to this, since charge points are awarded according to the use of electronic money at point service non-member stores, the use of electronic money at non-member stores can be promoted, while the membership granted at member stores is promoted. Since charge points are awarded at non-member stores at a grant rate lower than the store point grant rate, a certain level of fairness can be maintained between the member stores and the non-member stores.

  Further, the control unit 92 that is the point management means, on condition that the charge point according to the charge amount in a predetermined period (every day) exceeds the upper limit value of the charge point set by the upper limit value setting means, The upper limit value is managed as the member's points. According to this, it is possible to set an upper limit value in accordance with the policy of the operating organization for the charge points given in accordance with the charge of electronic money.

  As shown in FIG. 57 (b), when takeover specifying information is stored in association with the electronic money medium ID, the takeover date is set before the process [1] in FIG. 57 (a). If it is that day, the charge amount (3,000 yen) corresponding to the stored takeover source ID and the electronic money usage amount (3,000 yen) of each non-member store (in this case, i-store) are stored in the electronic money medium ID. The corresponding charge amount and electronic money usage amount are stored in the storage column on March 7, and the cumulative total thereof is updated. After that, by performing the processes [1] and [2] in FIG. 57 (a), the charge point on March 7 depends on the charge amount of the takeover source ID and the charge amount of the electronic money medium ID. Charge points according to the charge point, the electronic money usage amount of the takeover source ID, and the electronic money usage amount of the electronic money medium ID are given.

  If the takeover date is not the current day (for example, if it is March 9), on March 7, a charge point corresponding to the stored takeover source ID and a charge point corresponding to the amount of electronic money used are granted. Do not do. This is because charge points are given to the electronic money medium with the takeover source ID before that day.

  Here, the control unit 92 as the point management means manages the takeover electronic money medium on condition that takeover specifying information is stored for the takeover electronic money medium (that is, the takeover date is the current day). The transfer point addition process for adding the points to be given to the takeover source electronic money medium and the points to be given to the takeover destination electronic money medium is performed on the charge points that have been taken over, but no takeover specifying information is stored ( In other words, on the condition that the takeover date is not the current day), the points granted to the takeover source electronic money medium are not added to the charge points managed for the takeover destination electronic money medium. According to this, since the transfer point addition process is performed on the condition that the transfer specific information is stored for the transfer destination electronic money medium, the transfer source electronic money medium can be transferred to the transfer source electronic money medium regardless of the interval at which points are allocated. Of the points to be given, the points to be added to the use points of the takeover destination electronic money medium can be surely added.

  In this example, as described above, the prepaid use amount, the electronic money use amount, and the charge amount (hereinafter, collectively referred to as “point grant target information”) to which points are granted are transmitted during the daily closing process. Therefore, the collection interval of the point grant target information is every day, and when the point grant target information is transmitted, the point grant processing is performed, so the point grant interval is also every day. If the target information collection interval is shorter than the point grant interval (for example, every 6 hours), it should be collected when the takeover request is received and the takeover process is completed before the point grant target information is collected. There is a problem that points according to the point grant target information are not given, which is disadvantageous for the user. Specifically, for example, when the game is started at 10 o'clock and ends at 22:00, the point grant target information is transmitted every 6 hours, that is, at 16:00 during business and at 22:00 after business closes. In 15:00, when the takeover request is received and the takeover process is completed, even if the ball lending or charging is performed until 15:00, the point grant target information corresponding to them is not collected until 16:00. Points according to the point grant target information are not awarded.

  Therefore, in the present invention, when the takeover process is performed, the takeover source ID and the takeover date are stored as takeover specifying information, thereby specifying that the takeover process was performed between the previous day's point grant and today's point grant. I managed to keep it possible. And when performing point grant processing, if it is managed that the takeover processing was performed during the point grant interval (here, the day), the point and takeover destination corresponding to the point grant target information corresponding to the takeover source ID The points corresponding to the point grant target information corresponding to the ID are added to the points corresponding to the takeover destination ID. According to this, regardless of the collection interval of the point grant target information, the points to be added to the points associated with the takeover member ID among the point grant target information corresponding to the takeover source ID are surely added. be able to.

  Although not shown in FIG. 57, an electronic money medium ID (for example, DM24278 shown in FIG. 55 (b)) that has been registered in the point member DB and is not associated with the member card ID depends on the charge amount. A charge point is given. If the upper limit value is exceeded, a charge point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, since the point grant rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen charged and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, 9 points are awarded as charge points according to the amount charged. In addition, a charge point corresponding to the amount of electronic money used by each non-member store is given. If the upper limit value is exceeded, a charge point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, the point grant rate is 1 point for every 2000 yen of electronic money spent at non-member stores and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, so charge according to the amount of electronic money spent at a store 1 point is given as a point.

  Further, although not shown in FIG. 57, for an electronic money medium ID that is not registered in the point member DB (for example, K00002 shown in FIG. 55B), potential charge points according to the charge amount are given, but the upper limit value is set. If it exceeds, the potential charge usage point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, since the point grant rate is 1 point for every 1000 yen charged and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, 10 points as the upper limit value are assigned as potential charge points according to the charge amount. In addition, a potential charge point corresponding to the amount of electronic money used by each non-member store is given. If the upper limit value is exceeded, a potential charge point of the upper limit value is given. In this example, the point grant rate is 1 point for every 2000 yen of electronic money spent at non-member stores and the point grant upper limit is 10 points per day, so charge according to the amount of electronic money spent at a store 1 point is given as a point.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 58, the privilege electronic money issue request process performed by the point management device 90 will be described. This privilege electronic money issuance request process is performed after the point grant process is completed during the closing process. Further, the privilege electronic money issuance request process is set on the privilege setting screen shown in FIG. 38 (b) in the electronic money server 80, and is based on the privilege issuance conditions transmitted from the electronic money server 80 and stored in the hard disk 95. Done.

  First, the point management device 90 extracts one mobile phone ID from the registered mobile phone IDs registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 (S701), and the privilege issuance condition (S701) according to the accumulated charge amount ( Whether or not 500 yen is issued for every 10,000 yen accumulated charge), that is, the accumulated charge stored in the charge point DB shown in FIG. 45A in association with the extracted mobile phone ID It is determined whether or not the amount has reached the bonus issue delimiter (here, every 10,000 yen) (S702). Specifically, it is determined how many times the 10000 yen break has been reached between the accumulated charge amount before adding the current day charge amount and the accumulated charge amount after adding the current day charge amount. For example, when the accumulated charge amount before addition is 29000 yen and the accumulated charge amount after addition is 42000 yen, it is determined that two divisions of 30000 yen and 40000 yen have been reached as a separation every 10000 yen. If it is determined in S702 that the privilege issue break has been reached (YES), the mobile phone ID and the amount of privilege electronic money set as the privilege issue condition for the number of times reached (here, 500 yen) A privilege electronic money issue request including the issue amount multiplied by is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (S703), and the process proceeds to S707.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S702 that the bonus grant has not been reached (NO), the privilege issuance condition corresponding to the point member registration (500 yen on the day of the point member registration for the mobile phone 4) Issuance of privileged electronic money), that is, whether or not the today's registration flag stored in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with the mobile phone ID is 1 (S704). If it is determined in S704 that the today registration flag is 1 (YES), the today registration flag is updated to 0 (S705), and the mobile phone ID and the privilege electronic set as the privilege issue condition are updated. A privilege electronic money issue request including the money issue amount (500 yen in this case) is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (S703), and the process proceeds to S707.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S704 that the today's registration flag is 0 (NO), the privilege issuance condition corresponding to the birthday (the day before the birthday of the user who performed the point member registration for the mobile phone 4) Is issued), that is, whether it is the day before the birthday stored in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with the mobile phone ID ( S706). If it is determined in S706 that it is the day before the birthday (YES), the privilege electronic including the mobile phone ID and the issue amount of privilege electronic money (1000 yen in this case) set as the privilege issue condition A money issue request is transmitted to the electronic money server 80 (S703), and the process proceeds to S707. On the other hand, if it is determined in S706 that it is not the day before the birthday (NO), the process proceeds to S707.

  In S707, it is determined whether or not the processing of S702, S704, and S706 has been completed for all registered mobile phone IDs registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. If it is determined in S707 that the process has not been completed (NO), the process returns to S701 to repeat the loop. If it is determined that the process has been completed (YES), the process proceeds to S711.

  In S711, one electronic money card ID is extracted from the registered electronic money card IDs registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43, and a privilege issuance condition (cumulative charge amount 10000 yen is calculated). Whether or not 500 yen is issued every time), that is, the accumulated charge amount stored in the charge point DB shown in FIG. 45A in association with the extracted electronic money card ID is issued. It is determined whether or not it has reached the segment (here, every 10,000 yen) (S712). If it is determined in S712 that the privilege issue delimiter has been reached (YES), the electronic money card ID and the amount of privilege electronic money set as the privilege issue condition for the number of times reached (here, 500 yen) ) Is issued to the electronic money server 80 (S713), and the process proceeds to S714.

  In S714, it is determined whether or not the processing in S712 has been completed for all registered electronic money card IDs registered in the point member DB shown in FIG. If it is determined in S714 that the process has not been completed (NO), the process returns to S711 to repeat the loop, and if it is determined that the process has been completed (YES), the process proceeds to S721.

  In S721, all unregistered electronic money medium IDs (mobile phone IDs, electronic money card IDs) stored in the charge point DB shown in FIG. 45B are stored in association with each electronic money medium ID. Update the potential bonus electronic money to the potential bonus electronic money calculated by multiplying the integral part of the quotient of the cumulative charge amount 10000 yen stored in association with each electronic money medium ID by 500 yen, The process ends.

  Next, point use processing performed by the point management apparatus 90 will be described mainly with reference to the screen displayed on the access terminal or point member terminal 50 shown in FIG.

  When the point management device 90 receives a point use request transmitted from the access terminal (PC 5 or mobile phone 4) or the point member terminal 50, the point management device 90 performs a point use process. First, in the lottery information DB shown in FIG. The lottery information within the application period is extracted from the stored lottery information (S801), and the screen shown at D200 in FIG. 60 is distributed to the access terminal or point member terminal 50 (S802).

  In this D200, similar to the menu screen shown in D150, the use points, total member store points, total charge points, and edge points that can be used for exchanging products and applying for lottery are displayed, and S801. The lottery information extracted in is displayed. In D200, when any prize is selected and the “apply” button is operated, the access terminal or the point member terminal 50 receives the application information including the information indicating the selected prize as the point management device 90. Send to. In D200, when the “product exchange” button is operated, the access terminal or the point member terminal 50 transmits the product exchange mode selection information to the point management device 90.

  When the point management apparatus 90 performs the process of S802, it waits for reception of application information (S803) or reception of product exchange mode selection information (S804). If the product exchange mode selection information is received in S804 (YES), replaceable product information is extracted from the product information stored in the product information DB shown in FIG. 46C (S805). 60 is distributed to the access terminal or point member terminal 50 (S802). In this D203, similar to the menu screen shown in D150, used points, total member store points, total charge points, and edge points that can be used for exchanging products and applying for lottery are displayed, and S805 is displayed. The product information extracted in is displayed. When any product is selected in D203 and the “exchange” button is operated, the access terminal or the point member terminal 50 displays the exchange information including information indicating the selected product as the point management device 90. Send to. In D203, when the “lottery application” button is operated, the access terminal or the point member terminal 50 transmits the lottery application mode selection information to the point management device 90.

  When the point management apparatus 90 performs the process of S806, it waits for the reception of exchange information (S807) or the reception of lottery application mode selection information (S808). If the lottery application mode selection information is received in S808 (YES), the process returns to S802. On the other hand, if the exchange information is received in S807 (YES), the received exchange information indicates the total points obtained by adding the use points, total member store points, total charge points, and end point points displayed in D203. It is determined whether or not the number of points required for exchanging the product is over (S811). If it is determined in S811 that the total number of points is less than the required number of points (NO), a screen indicating that there are not enough points is distributed to the access terminal or point member terminal 50 (S812), and S806. Return to.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S811 that the total number of points is equal to or greater than the required number of points (YES), it is determined whether or not the product indicated by the exchange information is electronic money (S813). If it is determined in S813 that the product is electronic money (YES), whether the electronic money medium ID is registered, that is, the login ID is the electronic money medium ID or the member whose login ID is the login ID It is determined whether or not an electronic money medium ID is registered in association with the card ID (S814). If it is determined in S814 that the electronic money medium ID is not registered (NO), a screen indicating that the electronic money medium cannot be exchanged because the electronic money medium is not registered is displayed to the access terminal or the point member terminal 50. (S815) and return to S806.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S814 that the electronic money medium ID is registered (YES), an exchange electronic money issuance request including the electronic money medium ID and the amount of issue corresponding to the amount of electronic money that is the product is issued. Transmission is made to the electronic money server 80 (S816), and consumption points are determined (S817).

  The process of S817 is a process of determining from the use points, the total member store points, the total charge points, and / or the edge points that are the total points, and here, in principle, the required number of points is consumed. As used points → Total member store points (Breakdown is consumed in the order of member store points of store A → member store points of store B → member store points of store C ...) → total charge points (the breakdown is according to the charge amount) It will be consumed in the order of charge points-> charge points at the store-> charge points at the store -...))-> end points. For example, when a user who has a use point 115, a member store point 27 of a B store, a charge point 263 corresponding to the amount of charge, a charge point 15 of a store A, and an end point point 40 applies for a product of 400 points, the use point 115 → B store member point 27 → Charge point 258 according to the charge amount is consumed in this order, and charge point 5, Y store charge point 15 and edge point point 40 according to the charge amount remain. Become. The order in which points are consumed is not limited to this, and the user may be allowed to specify from which point the points are consumed.

  When the processing of S817 is performed, the consumption points stored in the use point DB shown in FIG. 44A in association with the electronic money medium ID and the electronic money medium ID are shown in FIG. 45A. The consumption points determined in S817 are the consumption points stored in the charge point DB and / or the consumption points stored in the end point point DB shown in FIG. 46A in association with the electronic money medium ID. Is added, and the point balance is updated by subtracting the consumption points after the addition from the accumulated points, and the billing information DB (not shown) stores the accumulated consumption points for each billing destination, and is determined in S817. The consumption points for each billing destination are added (S818). Regarding the consumption of used points, member store points, and edge points, each store bears the consideration, and the consumption of charge points (charge points according to the charge amount and charge points of each non-member store) The card company bears the consideration.

  If the process of S818 is performed, the screen shown to D204 of FIG. 60 will be delivered with respect to an access terminal or the point member terminal 50 (S819), and a point use process will be complete | finished. In this D204, the updated point balance is displayed as used points, total member store points, total charge points, and edge points, and the exchanged for electronic money and how many points were used from any point And prompting charging of electronic money to the electronic money medium are displayed.

  If it is determined in S813 that the product is other than electronic money (NO), in the shipping information DB (not shown), the exchanged product is associated with the login ID and the point member DB shown in FIG. The registered name and address are stored as shipping information for shipping the product (S820), consumption points are determined in the same manner as in S817 (S821), and point balance update and billing information is stored in the same manner as in S818. The DB is updated (S822), the screen shown in D205 of FIG. 60 is distributed to the access terminal or point member terminal 50 (S823), and the process is terminated. In this D205, the updated point balance is displayed as used points, total member store points, total charge points, and end points, and the exchanged products and the number of points used from which points, Will be displayed.

  If the application information is received in S803 (YES), the award indicated by the received application information is the sum of the used points, the total member store points, the total charge points, and the end points displayed in D200. It is determined whether or not the number of points required for applying for the number is greater than or equal to (S831). If it is determined in S831 that the total number of points is less than the required number of points (NO), a screen indicating that there are not enough points is distributed to the access terminal or point member terminal 50 (S832), and S802. Return to.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S831 that the total points are equal to or greater than the required number of points (YES), it is determined whether or not the prize indicated by the application information is electronic money (S833). If it is determined in S833 that the award is electronic money (YES), it is determined whether or not the electronic money medium ID is registered, that is, the login ID is the electronic money medium ID or the member whose login ID is the login ID. It is determined whether or not an electronic money medium ID is registered in association with the card ID (S834). If it is determined in S834 that the electronic money medium ID is not registered (NO), a screen indicating that the electronic money medium cannot be exchanged because the electronic money medium is not registered is displayed to the access terminal or the point member terminal 50. (S835), and the process returns to S802.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S834 that the electronic money medium ID is registered (YES), the lottery information DB stores the electronic money medium ID in association with the prize to be applied (S836), and is similar to S817. The consumption points are determined (S837), the point balance is updated and the billing information DB is updated as in S818 (S838), and the screen shown at D201 in FIG. (S839), and the process ends. In D201, the updated point balance is displayed as used points, total member store points, total charge points, and end points, and the prizes applied and the number of points used from which points are displayed. Is done.

  If it is determined in S833 that the prize is other than electronic money (NO), the lottery information DB stores a login ID (member card ID or electronic money medium ID) in association with the prize to be applied (S840). ), Consumption points are determined in the same manner as in S817 (S841), the point balance is updated and the billing information DB is updated in the same manner as in S818 (S842), and the screen shown in D202 of FIG. (S843), and the process ends. In D202, the updated point balance is displayed as used points, total member store points, total charge points, and end points, and the prizes applied and the number of points used from which points are displayed. Is done.

  The point management device 90 performs a lottery for each lottery stored in the lottery information DB when the application period ends. For the electronic money medium ID won by the electronic money as a prize, a winning electronic money issuance request including the electronic money medium ID and an issuance amount corresponding to the award electronic money amount is transmitted to the electronic money server 80. To do. On the other hand, a login ID other than electronic money won as a prize is registered in the shipping information DB (not shown) in the point member DB shown in FIG. 43 in association with the login ID, the won prize, and the login ID. The name and address of the award are stored as shipping information for shipping the prize.

  The control unit 92 that performs the point use processing is an example of the point use processing means, and the member receives a predetermined service (exchange with a product, application for a lottery) by adding the use points and the charge points. The process for making it use is performed. According to this, since the member can use the combined point obtained by adding the use point and the charge point, the convenience of the member can be improved. In this example, since the member store points can also be used together, the convenience of the members can be further improved.

  The control unit 92 is an example of a privilege providing means, and the points (usage points, member store points, charge points, end points) given to the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) or the member card 2 are used. In order to provide a privilege corresponding to the predetermined number of points to the user who owns the electronic money medium or the membership card 2 on the condition that the predetermined number of points has reached the predetermined number of points (YES in S811 or S831) The privilege providing process is performed. Here, as the privilege providing process, the process of S816, S820, S836, or S840 is performed.

  Moreover, the control part 92 which functions as a privilege provision means performs the process (process of S816) for issuing the electronic money according to a predetermined number of points as the said privilege provision process. According to this, since the electronic money is issued in exchange for the points given to the electronic money medium, the convenience for the user can be improved.

  Finally, processing performed by the electronic money server 80 will be described. The electronic money server 80 is an example of the settlement processing unit described in Sb11 of FIG. 7 and Sb31 of FIG. 9, and an example of the second charge processing unit described in Sb23 of FIG. 7 and Sb37 of FIG. It is. The electronic money server 80 is an example of special electronic money issuing means, and issues special electronic money according to the usage history of the electronic money card 3 between the issue and collection of the electronic money card 3. The privilege electronic money according to the usage history of the mobile phone 4 is issued. Further, the electronic money server 80 is an example of a second privilege charge processing means, and a privilege charge process (air charge) for charging the issued privilege electronic money as electronic money to the mobile terminal that is the issue target. ).

  When the electronic money server 80 receives various types of electronic money issue requests transmitted from the point management device 90, the electronic money server 80 performs privilege electronic money issue processing. Specifically, when the electronic money server 80 receives the privilege electronic money issue request shown in S703 or S713 in FIG. 58 from the point management device 90, the electronic money server 80 applies the electronic money medium ID included in the privilege electronic money issue request to the electronic money medium ID. Special electronic money corresponding to the issue amount included in the special electronic money issue request is issued. Among these, the privilege electronic money issuance request transmitted by satisfying the privilege issuance condition corresponding to the accumulated charge amount is received by the electronic money server 80 from the electronic money charging device 40 using the usage history (charge amount), The charge amount is transmitted to the point management device 90, and the point management device 90 accumulates the charge amount and is transmitted by satisfying the privilege issuance condition corresponding to the accumulated charge amount. Issuing special electronic money based on the special electronic money issue request is issuing special electronic money according to the usage history of the electronic money medium received by the usage history receiving means (communication unit 81).

  When the electronic money server 80 receives the exchange electronic money issue request shown in S816 of FIG. 59 from the point management device 90, the electronic money server 80 makes an exchange electronic money issue request for the electronic money medium ID included in the exchange electronic money issue request. The exchange electronic money corresponding to the included issue amount (that is, the electronic money amount that is the exchanged product) is issued. This exchange electronic money issuance request is made by the point management device 90 using the points (use points, member store points) corresponding to the amount of use of electronic money, which is the use history of the electronic money medium, for exchange with electronic money as a product. Therefore, the issuance of exchange electronic money based on the exchange electronic money issuance request is the issuance of privileged electronic money according to the usage history of the electronic money medium.

  When the electronic money server 80 receives the winning electronic money issue request shown in FIG. 59 from the point management device 90, the electronic money server 80 is included in the corresponding selected electronic money issue request for the electronic money medium ID included in the selected electronic money issue request. Issued electronic money corresponding to the issue amount (that is, the amount of electronic money that is the winning prize) is issued. The winning electronic money issuance request is made when the point management device 90 applies for a lottery using points (use points, member store points) corresponding to the amount of electronic money used, which is the usage history of the electronic money medium. The winning electronic money issuance based on the electronic money medium usage history is issued because the winning electronic money is issued based on the winning electronic money issuance request. .

  Further, the electronic money server 80 sends the potential privilege electronic money issue request shown in S524 of FIG. 47, the potential privilege electronic money issue request shown in FIG. 49 [1], and the potential benefit shown in FIG. 51 [4] from the point management device 90. When the electronic money issue request is received, the latent privilege electronic money included in the latent privilege electronic money issue request is issued as regular privilege electronic money. This latent privilege electronic money issuance request is transmitted when a privilege member registration (point member registration) is accepted. That is, the electronic money server 80 is an example of a special electronic money transfer processing means, and on the condition that special member registration has been received, special electronic money issued for the electronic money medium subject to special member registration ( (Latent privilege electronic money) is transferred as regular privilege electronic money of the electronic money medium. According to this, when the privilege member registration is accepted, the potential privilege electronic money issued before the privilege member registration is accepted is transferred as the regular privilege electronic money of the electronic money medium. The user is not disadvantaged.

  Now, with reference to FIG. 61, the privilege electronic money issuing process performed by the electronic money server 80 will be described.

  When the electronic money server 80 receives the above various electronic money issuance requests (Sd01), the card company's gift account and settlement account are provided for the funds transfer request including the issuance amount included in the electronic money issuance request. It transmits to the financial institution server 100B (Sd02). The communication unit 81 that transmits the fund transfer request is an example of a fund transfer request transmission unit, and is provided in an operating organization (card company) of the electronic money server 80. Funds that are information requesting to transfer funds (issued amount) equivalent to privileged electronic money from the first deposit account (gift account) to the second deposit account (settlement account) of the operating organization The request is transmitted to the financial institution server 100B of the financial institution where the first deposit account is provided.

  Receiving the fund transfer request, the financial institution server 100B determines whether the balance of the gift account (gift funds) is equal to or greater than the issue amount included in the fund transfer request (Sd03). Here, if the gift account balance is less than the issued amount (NO), an error process for notifying the electronic money server 80 that funds cannot be transferred is performed. On the other hand, if the gift account balance is equal to or greater than the issued amount (YES), the funds amount is transferred from the gift account balance to the settlement account (Sd04), and the funds transfer completion information is sent to the electronic money server 80. (Sd05).

  The electronic money server 80 that has received the funds transfer completion information generates an issuance number for the electronic money medium ID and the issuance amount included in the electronic money issuance request received at Sd01, In association with the money medium ID, the generated issue number, issue amount, type, and charged flag 0 (that is, the issue amount is not charged in the mobile phone 4) are stored (Sd06). Here, as the type, “privilege” is received when the request received at Sd01 is a privilege electronic money issue request or a latent privilege electronic money issue request, and “exchange” is received when the request is an exchange electronic money issue request. If it is an issuance request, “winning” is stored.

  The privilege electronic money issuing means for performing the process of Sd06 issues privilege electronic money on the condition that a fund transfer completion notification indicating that the fund transfer for the fund transfer request is completed is received. According to this, since the privilege electronic money is not issued unless the funds are transferred from the first deposit account in which the privilege issue funds are deposited to the second deposit account, the operator or the like performs an illegal operation. Even if it exists, it can prevent that damage expands more than the money for privilege issue deposited to the 1st deposit account.

  When the processing of Sd06 is performed, issue completion information is transmitted to the point management device 90 (Sd07), and it is determined whether or not the electronic money medium ID to be issued is a mobile phone ID (Sd08). If it is determined in Sd08 that the issue target is an electronic money card ID (NO), the process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined in Sd08 that the issue target is the mobile phone ID (YES), the control is performed by the control unit 82 functioning as the second privilege charge processing means in association with the mobile phone ID. The e-mail is transmitted to the e-mail address stored in the mobile phone DB shown in FIG. 39 (Sd09), and the process is terminated.

  In Sd09, when the type stored in Sd07 is “privilege”, an e-mail indicated by DK20 in FIG. 10 is transmitted. In this DK20, the fact that bonus electronic money corresponding to the issue amount (500 yen in this case) has been granted and the issue number are displayed. If the type stored in Sd07 is “exchange”, an e-mail indicated by DK19 in FIG. 10 is transmitted. In this DK19, the fact that it has been exchanged for the amount of electronic money (1000 yen in this case) and the issue number are displayed. Further, when the type stored in Sd07 is “winning”, an e-mail indicated by DK18 in FIG. 10 is transmitted. In this DK18, the fact that the electronic money equivalent to the issue amount (10,000 yen in this case) has been won and the issue number are displayed.

  In addition, in these e-mails, a transmission link for a charge execution request indicating “Click here to charge electronic money to the mobile phone” is displayed. Then, when the electronic mail is expanded and the transmission link for the charge execution request is clicked, the electronic money charging process described with reference to FIG. )

  According to this, since the privilege charge process (air charge) for charging the privilege electronic money to the mobile phone 4 as electronic money is executed by the second privilege charge processing means, the convenience of the user of the mobile phone 4 Can be improved.

[3. Each component of the electronic money system 1 according to the second embodiment]
Next, only the differences from the first embodiment will be described for each component of the electronic money system 1 according to the second embodiment. In the second embodiment, in addition to the electronic money system and the point system similar to those in the first embodiment, a premium provided by a premium provider (not shown) and managed by the premium management device 71 ′ (hereinafter referred to as “delivery premium”). As shown in FIG. 62, in order to realize the prize exchange system, a reservation is made at each store. A terminal 64 ′ and a reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ are provided, and a prize management device 71 ′ is provided in the card company. In each store, a POS terminal 63 ′ is provided instead of the POS terminal 63.

  The prize management device 71 ′ is a computer that manages the prize information of the delivery prize and stores the reservation information DB shown in FIG. 64A and the delivery information DB shown in FIG. 64B. Here, in the reservation information DB shown in FIG. 64A, a prize ID that is a prize specifying information that can specify a reserved prize is associated with a reservation ID that is information that can identify a reservation, and a prize of the prize. The name, the price of the prize, the reserved number of the prize, the delivery destination information (name, zip code, address, and telephone number) for delivering the prize, and the desired delivery date and time for delivering the prize are reserved. Stored as information. In the delivery information DB shown in FIG. 64B, the reservation ID of the confirmed reservation and the premium name associated with the reservation ID are associated with the reservation confirmation ID that is information that can identify the confirmation of the reservation. , The exchange rate, the number of exchanged balls, the number of reservations, the delivery destination information, and the desired delivery date and time are stored as delivery information, and a delivery instruction indicating whether or not delivery to the giver of the prize has been instructed The completed flag is stored. Here, the delivery instruction completion flag is stored as 0 when the delivery information is registered, and is stored as 1 when delivery is instructed.

  The POS terminal 63 ′ is different from the POS terminal 63 only in that the communication unit 63a is not connected to the point management device 90 and that the IC chip R / W 63f is not provided, and the other configurations are the same. It is. The POS terminal 63 'performs the subtraction process shown in FIG. This subtraction process is different from the subtraction process shown in FIG. 36A only in that the process of S605 is not performed, and the other processes are the same. Further, the POS terminal 63 'does not perform the end point exchange process shown in FIG.

  The reservation terminal 64 ′ is provided at a predetermined location in the store (for example, in the vicinity of a gift exchange counter), and although not shown, the reservation terminal 64 ′ has the shape of a kiosk terminal like the point member terminal 50 shown in FIG. It has a touch panel display or the like on its front surface, and a communication unit, a control unit, and the like inside. As shown in FIG. 65, the reservation terminal 64 ′ receives premium information of a plurality of delivery prizes managed by the prize management device 71 ′ from the prize management device 71 ′ before the store starts business ( S1001), the received premium information is stored (S1002). In addition, the reservation terminal 64 ′ displays a plurality of prizes that can be exchanged for the acquired game medium acquired by the user based on the stored prize information during the store operation, and the displayed prizes. A reservation acceptance process is performed in which a selection of a prize to be reserved for exchange with the acquired game medium is received from the user, and the number of reservations, delivery destination information, and a desired delivery date / time are received from the user (S1011). A reservation request including the information received in the reception process is transmitted to the prize management device 71 ′ (S1012). The prize management device 71 ′ that has received the reservation request generates a reservation ID, and in the reservation information DB shown in FIG. 64A, the prize ID of the prize included in the reservation request is associated with the generated reservation ID. , A reservation content registration process for storing the prize name and price, the number of reservations included in the reservation request, the delivery destination information, and the desired delivery date and time is performed (S1013), and a reservation registration completion notification is sent to the reservation terminal 64 ′. A reply is made (S1014). The reservation terminal 64 ′ that has received the reservation registration completion notification issues a reservation receipt in which the barcode indicating the reservation ID and the price are recorded (S 1015).

  The reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ is provided in a free gift exchange counter in the store, and is connected as shown in FIG. 63 (b). 65e ′, an IC chip R / W 65f ′, and the like, and have an appearance as shown in FIG.

  The communication unit 65 a ′ is communicably connected to the prize management device 71 ′ and the communication unit 91 of the point management device 90. The control unit 65b ′ includes a CPU, a RAM, a ROM, an EEPROM, and the like. The processing program stored in the ROM (or EEPROM) is executed by the CPU using the RAM as a work area, whereby the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′. Various operations are performed by controlling the operation of each component included in the apparatus. The display 65c 'is a device for displaying various types of information, and the input device 65d' is a device for inputting various types of information.

  The barcode reader 65e 'reads the barcode recorded on the reservation receipt, and receives the reservation ID indicated by the read barcode. The IC chip R / W 65 f ′ accepts an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) that is close to the proximity part (the part indicated as “TOUCH”), and from the IC chip of the accepted electronic money medium An electronic money medium ID (electronic money card ID, mobile phone ID) is read. The specific action of the IC chip R / W 54 is the same as that of the IC chips R / W 25, 44, 54, 63f.

  As shown in FIG. 65, the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ performs a subtraction process in the POS terminal 63 ′ to subtract the number of game media corresponding to the price recorded in the reservation receipt from the number of balls (S1020). Then, by reading the barcode recorded in the reservation receipt, a reservation confirmation process for accepting the reservation ID indicated by the read barcode is performed (S1021), and a reservation confirmation request including the accepted reservation ID is sent to the prize management device It transmits to 71 '(S1022). The prize management device 71 ′ that has received the reservation confirmation request generates a reservation confirmation ID, and is included in the reservation confirmation request in association with the generated reservation confirmation ID in the delivery information DB shown in FIG. 64 (b). A delivery information registration that stores a reservation ID, a prize name associated with the reservation ID, an exchange rate, the number of exchange balls, the number of reservations, delivery destination information, and a desired delivery date and time, and a delivery instruction flag 0 Processing is performed (S1023), and a delivery registration completion notification is returned to the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ (S1024). The reservation confirmation terminal 65 'that has received the delivery registration completion notification issues a delivery receipt in which delivery information is recorded (S1025).

  That is, in this gift exchange system, the POS terminal 63 ′ and the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ are provided separately, and the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ confirms the reservation regardless of whether or not the POS terminal 63 ′ performs the subtraction process. The request is transmitted (that is, the POS terminal 63 ′ and the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ are not linked). As described above, the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ is provided separately from the POS terminal 63 ′, and is not linked to the POS terminal 63 ′. Is already provided, and the interface on the POS terminal 63 'side must be modified when it is intended to be linked to the reservation confirmation terminal 65' which is attached later. This is because the manufacturer does not always cope with the remodeling of the interface, and if the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ is manufactured in conjunction with the POS terminal 63 ′ of each manufacturer, the cost increases.

  In addition, the reservation confirmation terminal 65 'performs an end point exchange process shown in FIG. The reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ accepts the number of remaining balls obtained by subtracting the number of replacement balls from the number of balls counted in S604 of FIG. S610 ′), less than the number of exchanged balls (in this example, when the loan rate is 4 yen, less than 125 balls, the loan rate is 1). In the case of a circle, it is determined whether it is an end ball of less than 500 balls (S611). If it is determined in S611 that the number of remaining balls is not an end ball (NO), the fact that the remaining number of balls is too large is displayed on the display 65c ', and the end ball point exchanging process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in S611 that the number of remaining balls is an end ball (YES), the reception of the electronic money medium is waited (S612), and the IC chip R / W 65f ′ has the reception of the electronic money medium. (YES), the electronic money medium ID is read from the IC chip of the electronic money medium (S613), and the end point exchange request indicating the read electronic money medium ID, the number of remaining balls and the loan rate is received as a point management device 90 (S614), wait for reception of the end point exchange completion notification returned from the point management device 90 (S615), and if there is reception of the end point exchange completion notification (YES) ), End ball point exchange processing is terminated. In addition, the point management device 90 that has received the end-ball point exchange request performs the end-ball point giving process shown in FIG.

  That is, in the second embodiment, the existing POS terminal 63 ′ is modified so as to be communicable with the point management device 90, or the POS terminal 63 that can communicate with the point management device 90 is newly introduced as in the first embodiment. The end point exchange process is performed using the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ that can already communicate with the card company. According to this, it is possible to reduce the cost of remodeling the POS terminal 63 ′ or introducing the POS terminal 63.

[4. Modified example of the present invention]
Next, a modified example of the present invention will be described.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 62, an example is described in which the store is a game hall and the transaction process is a ball lending process, but this is not restrictive. It may be a general store. For example, if the store is a convenience store and the transaction process is shopping, when a store member of the convenience store makes a purchase by accepting a membership card at a POS cash register and paying with cash or the like, When use points corresponding to the purchase amount are given and shopping is performed using the electronic money charged in the electronic money medium (electronic money card, mobile phone), the use points corresponding to the purchase amount for the electronic money medium When the electronic money is charged to the electronic money medium by giving or bonus electronic money, a charge point corresponding to the charge amount may be given to the electronic money medium. If the store is a game store and the transaction process is a game on a game machine, the store member of the game store inserts a membership card into the game machine and plays a game. When a game is played using the electronic money charged to the electronic money medium with the use points granted, the use points and privileged electronic money are given according to the result of the game and the electronic money is charged to the electronic money medium. Then, what is necessary is just to comprise so that the charge point according to the charge amount may be provided to this electronic money medium.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 62, an example in which the electronic money server 80 and the point management device 90 are separately provided in the card company has been described. A management device in which 80 and the point management device 90 are integrated may be provided. In the above embodiment, the example in which the electronic money server 80 and the point management device 90 also function as a web server has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. A server may be provided.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 62, an example in which an electronic money server 80 and a point management device 90 are provided in a card company and the card company operates an electronic money service and a point service has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the operating organization of the electronic money service and the operating organization of the point service may be separate organizations.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 62, in the hall computer 60, the prepaid use amount received together with the membership card ID from the ball lending unit 20 or the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′ is stored in the prepaid use amount DB (FIG. 21 (a)) and the electronic money usage amount received together with the electronic money medium ID from the ball lending unit 20 or the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′ is managed in the electronic money usage amount DB (FIG. 21 (b)). An example in which the hall computer 60 transmits the prepaid usage amount managed for each membership card ID and the electronic money usage amount managed for each electronic money medium ID from the hall computer 60 to the point management device 90. As described above, the present invention is not limited to this. Receive and manage the prepaid usage amount together with the membership card ID from 0 ', receive and manage the electronic money usage amount together with the electronic money medium ID from the ball lending unit 20 or the simplified ball lending unit 20', and the remaining balance The management device 70 and the point management device 90 are configured to communicate with each other, and the prepaid usage amount managed by the on-site balance amount management device 61 for each member card ID and the electronic money usage amount managed for each electronic money medium ID are displayed. The in-place balance management device 61 may transmit the point balance to the point management device 90 via the off-site balance management device 70. According to this, when the manufacturer of the hall computer 60 is other than the card company, Even if the interface of the hall computer 60 is not modified to enable communication with the point management device 90, the card company manufactures it. Ball lending unit 20 which manages, simplified ball lending unit 20 ', hall balance management apparatus 61, in curb balance management apparatus 70 and a point management system 90, it is possible to collect the prepaid use amount and the electronic money use amount.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 62, an example in which the member recording medium (member card 2) is a card type has been described. It may be a mold or a mobile phone. In the above embodiment, an example in which the recording medium (electronic money card 3) is a card type has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the recording medium may be a coin type. Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the example in which the mobile terminal is the mobile phone 4 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the mobile terminal is equipped with an IC chip and has an e-mail transmission / reception function, an Internet connection function, and program execution. It may be a PDA having a function and a wallet function.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 55 (c), regular points (use points, member stores) for the member card 2 and electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) that have received point member registration. For member card 2 and electronic money media that have been granted points, charge points, and edge points, and have not received point membership registration, latent points (potential use points, potential member store points, potential charge points, potential edge points) ), And the example of shifting to regular points on the condition that point member registration has been accepted has been explained, but not limited to this, regular points are granted regardless of whether or not point member registration has been accepted You may do it.

  Similarly, in the above embodiment, the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) that has received special member registration (point member registration) is issued with special electronic money, and no special member registration is accepted. As for the money medium, an example has been explained in which latent privilege electronic money is issued and privilege member registration is accepted on condition that it is transferred as regular privilege electronic money. However, not limited to this, whether or not privilege member registration is accepted Regardless of this, regular privileged electronic money may be issued.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 44 (b), in the use point DB of the point management device 90 which is a point management means, the usage history of each member card 2 (prepaid usage amount per day) and Although an example in which the points given to the member card 2 (used points per day) are managed has been described, the usage history and points of the member card 2 are managed in each member card 2 without being limited thereto. It may be a thing.

  In this case, in the IC chip of the membership card 2, a program for the IC chip to function as a point giving means, a point transfer processing means, and a point management means is stored. When the membership card 2 is used in the ball lending unit 20, the prepaid usage amount is stored under the control of the program, and points according to the prepaid usage amount are given and stored. Here, the IC chip memorizes that the point member registration has been accepted, and if there is the memory, the IC chip gives a point, while if there is no memory, the potential point is given and memorized. The potential point is transferred as a regular point on the condition that it is accepted. Further, the IC chip stores the point grant upper limit value and gives points up to the point grant upper limit value.

  As for the member card takeover process, for example, the point member terminal 50 takes over as follows. In the first step, the point member terminal 50 accepts the takeover source registered for the point member, reads the prepaid usage amount and the use points stored by the takeover source every day, and erases those memories, In the second step, an unregistered transfer destination is accepted, and the prepaid use amount and potential use points stored in the transfer destination are read every day, and the stored data are erased. In the third step, the read-out is performed. The data of the transfer source is transferred to the read transfer destination data (points are transferred to the point grant upper limit), and the transfer destination is received in the fourth step, and the point member registration is received at the transfer destination. And stores the data after the takeover. When the IC chip of the member card 2 stores a program for the IC chip to function as a takeover processing means, and the point member terminal 50 receives an unregistered takeover destination in the second step, The transfer destination stores the fact that the point member registration has been accepted, stores the transfer source data read in the first step, and the transfer destination member card 2 performs the third step under the control of the program. It may be executed. In these cases, the point member terminal 50 functioning as the takeover information receiving means has information (here, the point itself stored in the takeover source) that can specify the takeover source point assigned to the takeover source, and the takeover destination. And the membership card 2 itself.

  Similarly, in the above embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 45A, 45B, and 44C, each electronic money medium is used in the charge point and use point DB of the point management device 90 that is a point management means. The example of managing the usage history (the amount of electronic money used per day, the amount of charge) and the points given to the electronic money medium (member store points per day, points used) is not limited to this. In each electronic money medium, the usage history and points of the electronic money medium may be managed.

  In this case, in the IC chip of the electronic money medium, a program for functioning the IC chip as a point granting unit, a point transfer processing unit, a point management unit, and a point presence / absence checking unit is stored. When the electronic money medium is used in the ball lending unit 20 or the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′, the amount of electronic money used is stored and points corresponding to the amount of electronic money used are given under the control of the program. And remember. When electronic money is charged to the electronic money medium, the charge amount is stored under the control of the program, and points corresponding to the charge amount are given and stored. Here, the IC chip memorizes that the point member registration has been accepted, and if there is the memory, the IC chip gives a point, while if there is no memory, the potential point is given and memorized. The potential point is transferred as a regular point on the condition that it is accepted. Further, the IC chip stores the point grant upper limit value and gives points up to the point grant upper limit value. Further, the IC chip confirms the presence of points and the presence of latent points when the electronic money medium is collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30.

  Further, when the electronic money medium is received by the electronic money charging device 40, the usage history (cumulative charge amount) stored in the electronic money medium is read, and the privileged electronic money corresponding to the read cumulative charge amount is read. Is issued.

  The electronic money medium takeover process (first electronic money medium takeover process, second electronic money medium takeover process) is carried out in the point member terminal 50 as follows, for example. In the first step, the point member terminal 50 receives the takeover source, reads out the electronic money usage amount and the member store point, the charge amount and the charge point stored by the takeover source every day, Erasing the memory, accepting the takeover destination in the second step, reading the electronic money usage amount and member store points, the charge amount and the charge points stored by the takeover destination every day, and storing them In step 3, the read data of the transfer source is transferred to the read data of the transfer destination (the point is transferred to the point grant upper limit value), and in step 4, the transfer destination is accepted, The data after takeover is stored in the takeover destination. The IC chip of the electronic money medium stores a program for the IC chip to function as a takeover processing means, and when the point member terminal 50 receives the takeover destination in the second step, the takeover destination Further, the takeover source data read in the first step may be stored, and the takeover destination electronic money medium may execute the third step under the control of the program. In these cases, the point member terminal 50 functioning as the takeover information receiving means has information (here, the point itself stored in the takeover source) that can specify the takeover source point assigned to the takeover source, and the takeover destination. And the electronic money medium itself.

  In the above embodiment, an example has been described in which the electronic money charged in the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) cannot be settled (cashed). You may be allowed to settle the electronic money that is being used.

  In the above-described embodiment, the example in which the electronic money card 3 and the mobile phone 4 can be used in all stores of the electronic money system 1 has been described. On the other hand, the electronic money card 3 may be usable only at a store where the electronic money card 3 is issued.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 62, the example in which the gaming machine is the pachinko machine 10 has been described. However, the gaming machine is not limited to this, and the gaming machine uses, for example, a slot machine that uses a medal as a gaming medium. , Parrot (registered trademark), a slot machine that uses pachinko balls as game media, enclosed pachinko machines in which pachinko balls as game media are enclosed without touching, scoring data without using pachinko balls and medals It may be a pachinko machine or slot machine that can be used and played, an image type pachinko machine that displays game areas and pachinko balls as images, an image type slot machine that displays reels as images, and the like. In this case, the transaction process may be a medal lending process for lending the medal, a process for converting the value into a score as a game medium in the image type pachinko machine or slot machine, and the like.

  In the above embodiment, when the ball lending process is performed, the ball lending unit 20 and the pachinko machine 10 exchange signals related to the lending of the pachinko balls, and the balls provided in the pachinko machine 10 The example in which the pachinko balls are paid out and loaned from the payout device 13 has been described. It may be.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 62, an example in which both the ball lending unit 20 and the simple ball lending unit 20 ′ are provided as transaction means in the game hall has been described. Only one of the ball lending unit 20 and the simple ball lending unit 20 ′ may be provided.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 62, the example in which the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 functions as a recording medium collection unit has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the ball lending unit 20 and / or The simple ball lending unit 20 ′ may further function as a recording medium collection unit. In this case, a recording medium receiving means for receiving the insertion of the recording medium (electronic money card 3) in the ball lending unit 20 and / or the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′ and reading the recording information of the recording medium, and the recording medium Is further provided with a recording medium storage means for storing the deposit and a deposit return means for returning the deposit (deposit), and the recording medium receiving means accepts the insertion of the recording medium and performs transaction processing (ball lending process). When the electronic money charged in the recorded recording medium becomes zero, the recording medium is collected by the recording medium storing means, and the deposit is returned by the deposit returning means. In addition, without providing the deposit return means, the transaction processing for the deposit may be performed when the recording medium is collected. Further, the ball lending unit 20 and / or the simplified ball lending unit 20 'may function as a point presence notification unit and / or privilege electronic money notification unit as it functions as a recording medium collection unit.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 62, the example in which the electronic money charging machine 40 functions as the first charge processing means has been described. You may make it function as a 1st charge process means. In this case, when a mode selection receiving means for receiving selection of the electronic money charge mode is further provided, and when the value specifying information (banknote) is received without receiving the selection of the electronic money charge mode, the member card 2 is received. Performs the deposit process, and performs the visitor ball lending process when the membership card 2 is not received, while accepting the value specification information by accepting the selection of the electronic money charge mode, the IC chip R / W 25 accepts the electronic money. A medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) may be received, and electronic money may be charged to the received electronic money medium. According to this, a game corresponding to the ball lending unit 20 is performed. Since it is possible to charge electronic money without interrupting the game on the machine, convenience for the user is improved.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 62, the example in which the electronic money charging machine 40 functions as the first privilege charge processing unit has been described. Alternatively, the simple ball lending unit 20 ′ may further function as first privilege charge processing means. In this case, the ball lending unit 20 and / or the simplified ball lending unit 20 ′ are further provided with a message output means (display, lamp, and / or speaker, etc.) for outputting a message, and the IC chip R / W 25 performs electronic control. When a money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) is received, the electronic money ball lending process is performed and the processes of S433 to S4445 of FIG. 27 are performed (however, the display of D44, D45, and D46 is performed by the output means). (The output of the content in lieu of) and the electronic money medium may be charged with the privileged electronic money. According to this, along with the electronic money ball lending process in the ball lending unit 20, Since special electronic money can be charged without performing a special operation, convenience for the user is improved.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 62, the electronic money card issuance / collection machine 30 functions as a recording medium issuance means, a recording medium collection means, and a transfer information receiving means, and the electronic money charging machine 40 is The point member terminal 50 functions as the first charge processing unit and the first privilege charge processing unit, and the point member terminal 50 functions as the point member registration receiving unit and the takeover information receiving unit. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. The electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 may further function as a first charge processing means, a first privilege charge processing means, and / or a point member registration receiving means. Furthermore, it functions as a recording medium issuing unit, a recording medium collecting unit, a point member registration receiving unit, and / or a transfer information receiving unit. To may be, also point member terminal 50, further recording medium issuing unit, the recording medium collecting section may function as the first charge processing means, and / or the first benefits charge processing means.

  In the above embodiment, in the writing process shown in Sc13 of FIGS. 8 and 9, the remote issuing server 110 does not use the electronic money usage program stored in the IC chip of the mobile phone 4 and Although the example in which the issued amount is stored (charged) in the IC chip of the mobile phone 4 by performing direct exchange has been described, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the mobile phone 4 has received the write instruction information from the remote issuing server 110 Accordingly, the electronic money usage program may perform the writing process by instructing the CPU of the IC chip to write the issued amount.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in D111 of FIG. 12 and D121 of FIG. 13, user identification information (attribute information) is accepted at the time of point member registration, and the received user identification information is stored in the point member DB. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the point member registration may be performed without receiving the user specifying information and without storing the user specifying information in the point member DB.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in S311 to S319 of FIG. 23, in the electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30 which is a recording medium issuing means, if there is a deposit, the electronic money card 3 is issued and there is a change. Although the example in which the change is returned has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, and when the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 also functions as the first charge processing means, a deposit (for example, 500 yen) is used. If the user wishes to charge electronic money when he / she receives an excess amount (for example, 10,000 yen), electronic money corresponding to at least a part of the amount obtained by subtracting the deposit from the accepted amount (that is, 9500 yen) is electronic An amount obtained by charging the money card 3 and then issuing the electronic money card 3 and subtracting the charge amount from the 9,500 yen So as to return as change, also in the case where the user does not wish to charge the electronic money may be returned to the 9500 yen as change.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in S324 to S325 of FIG. 23, in the electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30 that is a recording medium recovery means, the electronic money amount charged to the electronic money card 3 to be recovered is not zero. In the case where it is determined, the example in which the electronic money card 3 is returned without being recovered has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the electronic money card 3 is recovered in S341 or S365 without performing the determination in S324. If the electronic money amount charged to the electronic money card 3 to be collected is not 0, it is returned together with the electronic money amount and the deposit (that is, the electronic money amount is settled) in S343 or S367. good.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 23, an example in which the electronic money card 3 issued at all stores of the electronic money system 1 can be collected by the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 that is a recording medium collection means. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and only the electronic money card 3 issued at the store where the electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30 is provided may be collected. According to this, since the electronic money card 3 issued in a certain store is not collected in other stores, the electronic money card 3 is collected in other stores when the electronic money card 3 is recycled in each store. It is possible to prevent a situation where the money card 3 is insufficient.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 24, the recording medium (electronic money card 3) is issued on the condition that the deposit (deposit) is collected in the recording medium issuing means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30). In the recording medium collection means (electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30), the example in which the deposit is returned when the recording medium is collected is not limited to this, and the deposit is not collected or returned. May be.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 25, the example in which the recording medium collection unit (electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30) includes the display 33 that functions as the point presence notification unit and the privilege electronic money notification unit has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and each of the notification means may notify each notification content by lighting a lamp, or may notify each notification content by packaging from a speaker.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 26, the example in which the value specifying information received by the first charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) is a banknote has been described. Electronic money corresponding to at least a part of the deposit balance having a value specified from the ID may be received by receiving a debit card ID as the value specifying information. The credit card ID is accepted as value specifying information, and electronic money corresponding to at least a part of the credit amount that is the value specified from the ID is charged. In addition, another electronic money medium may be accepted as value specifying information and the other electronic money medium may be At least a part of the electronic money being charged may be charged (that is, transferred), and information that can specify the point is received as member specifying information. Electronic money corresponding to at least some of the points may be charged. That is, the type of value specifying information received by the first charge processing means is not limited as long as it is information that can specify the value owned by the user.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 27, in the electronic money charging device 40, when the “receipt” button is operated (YES in S402), the privilege electronic money is charged (S432 to S445). Although described above, the present invention is not limited to this, and the electronic money may be automatically charged after the electronic money is purchased and charged (S412 to S421). Since the bonus electronic money is charged together with the purchase and charge, the convenience for the user is improved.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 27, in the electronic money charging device 40, when the “receipt” button is operated (YES in S402), the privilege electronic money is charged (S432 to S445). Although it demonstrated, it is not restricted to this, The privilege receipt request | requirement containing electronic money medium ID and store ID of the receipt store which receives privilege electronic money from PC which a user owns or the point member terminal 50 of a certain store is electronic money. When transmitted to the server 80, the privilege receipt request includes the electronic money medium ID included in the privilege receipt request and the charge information including the privilege electronic money stored in the issue history DB in association with the electronic money medium ID. Is transmitted to the electronic money charging device 40 of the receiving store of the store ID included in the When the electronic money medium in the electronic money medium ID included in the charge information is received, the privilege electronic money contained in the charge information may be charged to the electronic money medium. In this case, the charge information includes only the electronic money medium ID without including the privileged electronic money, and is transmitted to the electronic money charging device 40 of the receiving store. When the electronic money medium with the electronic money medium ID included in the charge information is received, the privileged electronic money stored in the issue history DB in association with the electronic money medium ID is acquired from the electronic money server 80, and the acquisition is performed. The privileged electronic money may be charged to the electronic money medium.

  In the above embodiment, an example has been described in which there is no upper limit to electronic money that can be charged to an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4). For example, 30000 yen) may be provided. In the case where the upper limit is set in this way, for example, in the state where electronic money of 29000 yen is charged on the electronic money medium, if 3000 yen is selected as the purchase amount in D41 of FIG. 28, the upper limit is not satisfied. The amount of money (1000 yen here) can be charged and the amount obtained by subtracting the charged amount from the purchase amount (2000 yen here) may be returned. If the purchase amount is charged as it is, the upper limit will be exceeded. The purchase amount may be returned without charging. In the case where an upper limit is set, for example, when an electronic money medium of 30000 yen is charged and a special electronic money of 1000 yen is received as shown in D45 of FIG. If it is charged as it is, the upper limit will be exceeded, so that it is only necessary to notify that it is possible to receive bonus electronic money when the amount of electronic money charged to the electronic money medium reaches 29000 yen without charging.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 44 (a), the example in which the usage points according to the prepaid usage amount and the usage points according to the electronic money usage amount are added together and managed has been described. Not limited to this, both may be managed separately. In this case, when the points are used, they are added together, and if the combined value exceeds the upper limit, the points exceeding the upper limit are You should make it unusable.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 44 (c), for the electronic money medium not associated with the membership card 2, potential member store points corresponding to the electronic money medium at each member store are given. Although the example has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, and for an electronic money medium not associated with the member card 2, regular member store points corresponding to the electronic money medium at each member store are given. Also good.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 45 (b), an example has been described in which the potential bonus electronic money is calculated and stored in advance for each electronic money medium. This calculation may be performed according to the accumulated charge amount when issuing the potential bonus electronic money or confirming the presence or absence of the potential bonus electronic money.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 42 (b), an example has been described in which the point grant rate setting means sets the point grant rate by setting the number of points to be granted for each used amount or charge amount. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the point grant rate may be set as a percentage of the amount used or the amount charged (for example, 0.1% of the amount used).

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 42 (c), an example has been described in which the predetermined period serving as a setting reference in the upper limit setting unit is one day (current day). May be a period shorter than one day (for example, 6 hours) or a period longer than one day (for example, three days).

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 42 (c), an example has been described in which the upper limit value of points to be given in a predetermined period is set. Also good.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 44 and FIG. 45, the example in which the point grant interval is one day has been described. Every hour) or longer than one day (for example, three days). When the grant interval is shorter than one day, not only the takeover date but also the takeover time is managed as takeover specifying information.

  In the above embodiment, the example in which the use point DB shown in FIG. 44 and the charge point DB shown in FIG. 45 are separately provided has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. It may be an integral one.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 58, in the privilege electronic money issuance request process, as an issue of privilege electronic money according to the usage history, an issue request for privilege electronic money according to the accumulated charge amount is performed. As described above, the present invention is not limited to this. As the issuance of privileged electronic money according to the usage history, for example, when the predetermined number of charges is reached or there is a charge during a predetermined service period, May be issued.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 60, in the point use processing, the total points obtained by adding the use points, the member store points, the charge points, and the end points are given to a predetermined service (exchange with products, lottery). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and two or more types of total points out of these four types of points may be used for a predetermined service.

  In the above embodiment, an example in which the predetermined service provided in the point use process is an exchange for a product and an application for a lottery is described. However, the predetermined service is not limited to this, It may be a service provided (for example, an unlimited service, a service that can be moved, a shareable game, etc.), a service provided at another store (for example, a discount for payment), or the like.

  In the above embodiment, an example in which the point management apparatus 90 that has received the collection notification shown in S342 of FIG. 23 performs a process of invalidating the points associated with the electronic money card ID included in the collection notification. Although not limited to this, when the electronic money card ID is already registered as a point member, login with the electronic money card ID is performed on the login screen shown in D100 of FIG. 11 or D100 ′ of FIG. On the other hand, use points, member store points, charge points associated with the electronic money card ID (charge points according to the charge amount, and charges according to the amount of electronic money used at each non-member store) Point), and even after the electronic money card 3 is collected, the electronic money card 3 is not deleted. 3 user owned may be able to use each of these points.

  Specifically, when the electronic money card ID registered as a point member is associated with the member card ID, the member card ID is displayed on the login screen shown in D100 of FIG. 11 or D100 ′ of FIG. By logging in, each point that was not deleted can be used. In addition, when the electronic money card ID registered as a point member is not associated with the membership card ID, it is not deleted by logging in with the name associated with the electronic money card ID on the login screen. You can make each point available. When point member registration is performed, information that can identify the member (for example, point member ID) is registered in association with the electronic money card ID, and login is performed with the point member ID on the login screen. By doing so, each point that has not been deleted may be made usable.

  In the above embodiment, an example in which only the charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) has the confirmation means and the notification means has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simple ball lending unit) 20 ′) only, or the charge processing means and the transaction means may have a confirmation means and a notification means. In this case, the confirmation means confirms the point with respect to the on-site communication unit 21b as the confirmation processing. It is the control part 22 which performs the process which instruct | indicates transmission of a request | requirement, Moreover, the display and lamp which perform the said alerting | reporting process are provided as an alerting | reporting means. That is, in the present invention, the charge processing means and / or the transaction means has a confirmation means and a notification means, and the points are obtained on the condition that the latent points have reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). Member registration can be accepted from the user, and further, according to the predetermined points provided that the points given to the received electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) have reached a predetermined number of points Any privilege receiving operation for the user to receive the privilege may be accepted from the user.

  In the above embodiment, the point management device 90 has been described with respect to an example in which it is determined whether or not the possessed points that are the sum of the point balances up to the previous day have reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). Not limited to this, it is configured to charge and use electronic money charged and used on the same day in real time, and the sum of the points balance up to the previous day is added to the current day's charge points and You may make it determine whether the possession point which added the use point has reached the predetermined number of points.

  Similarly, in the above embodiment, the point management device 90 determines whether or not the potential possessed points, which are the total value of the accumulated points up to the previous day, have reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). As explained, but not limited to this, it is configured so that potential charge points and potential use points are granted in real time for the charge and use of electronic money made on the day, and the total value of the accumulated points up to the previous day It is also possible to determine whether or not the number of potential possessed points obtained by adding the potential charge points and potential use points of the day has reached a predetermined number of points.

  In the above embodiment, an example in which the point management device 90 determines whether or not the owned points or potential owned points managed by the point management device 90 has reached a predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points). Although described above, the present invention is not limited thereto, and as described above, the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) is configured to store points, and the points stored in the electronic money medium are It may be determined whether or not a predetermined number of points has been reached. In this case, the confirmation process performed by the confirmation unit is a process in which the IC chip R / W 44 reads points from the electronic money medium.

  In the above embodiment, the example in which the predetermined number of points necessary for receiving the provision of the privilege is the minimum necessary number of points among the necessary points of each privilege to be provided is not limited thereto, The predetermined number of points may be a necessary number of points necessary for receiving provision of a specific privilege (for example, exchange for 1000 yen of electronic money). In addition, the predetermined number of points may be a different number of points for each user who has received the setting from each user, and according to this, the required number of points for the privilege to be acquired can be set as the predetermined number of points. In this case, since the notification process is not performed until the possessed points or the potential possession points reach the predetermined number of points, it is possible to prevent an adverse effect that the user feels troublesome by performing the excessive notification process.

  In the above embodiment, as indicated by D43b or D43b ′ in FIG. 29 and DK21 or DK21 ′ in FIG. 10, the possession points or potential possession points given to the mobile phone 4 are a predetermined number of points (minimum required points). In the example described above, the charge processing means (electronic money charging device 40) is notified of the fact and the mobile phone 4 is notified (that is, an e-mail is transmitted). The notification may be performed only by either the charge processing means or the mobile phone 4.

  In the above embodiment, when the owned points or potential owned points given to the mobile phone 4 have not reached the predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points), the mobile phone 4 is not notified of that (that is, Although an example in which an e-mail is not transmitted has been described, the notification may be performed by the mobile phone 4 as well.

  In the above embodiment, as indicated by D43c or D43c ′ in FIG. 29, the possession points or potential possession points assigned to the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) are a predetermined number of points (minimum required). Although an example in which the fact is notified even when the number of points has not been reached has been described, the notification may not be performed.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in D43b or D43b ′ in FIG. 29 and DK21 or DK21 ′ in FIG. 10, the possession point or potential possession given to the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) Although the example in which it is displayed that the point has reached the predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points) has been described, in addition to this, the owned point or the potential owned point may be displayed.

  Similarly, in the above embodiment, as indicated by D43c or D43c ′ in FIG. 29, the possession points or potential possession points given to the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) are a predetermined number of points. Although an example in which it is displayed that (the minimum required number of points) has not been described has been described, in addition to this, the possessed points or potential owned points may be displayed.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in S417 of FIG. 27, the notification flag is recorded in the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4), and in the electronic money charging device 40, as shown in S422, the current day. The example in which the notification process in the predetermined period is performed within the range of the upper limit number of times by determining whether or not the number of notification flags is equal to or less than the upper limit number has been described. When the electronic money medium is received, the point management device 90 manages the notification flag in association with the electronic money medium ID, and determines whether or not the number of notification flags on the day is equal to or less than the upper limit number, thereby determining the upper limit. You may make it perform the alerting | reporting process in a predetermined period within the range of frequency | count.

  In the above embodiment, the point management device 90 receives the point confirmation request shown in S423 in FIG. 27, and as the first confirmation process, the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) is used. In the above example, it is determined whether or not the number of points granted to the predetermined number of points (minimum required number of points) has been reached. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when the electronic money medium is the mobile phone 4 For example, since the user of the mobile phone 4 that only performs air charge does not go to the electronic money charger 40, the point management device 90 performs the first confirmation processing periodically (for example, every day) On the condition that the number of points given to the mobile phone 4 has reached a predetermined number of points, the first confirmation process (DK21 or D in FIG. 10) It may be carried out e-mails to be sent) shown in 21 '. According to this, since the user of the mobile phone 4 can grasp that the points assigned to the mobile phone 4 have reached the predetermined number of points without accessing the point management device 90, the user Can improve convenience. That is, the first confirmation unit may be any unit that performs the first confirmation process regardless of whether or not a point confirmation request is received.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 42E, an example in which two types of sales with different loan rates are performed in the store has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and three or more types of sales with different loan rates are performed. It is also possible to have a loan rate or one type of business with a loan rate.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 42 (e), the point conversion rate setting unit has described the example of setting the point conversion rate by setting the number of points given for each remaining number of balls, Not limited to this, the point conversion rate is a percentage of the number of remaining balls (for example, 10% of the number of remaining balls when the lending rate is 1 yen, 40% of the number of remaining balls when the lending rate is 4 yen) It may be set in.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 42 (e), an example has been described in which the same point conversion rate is set at a member store and a non-member store. It is possible to set different point conversion rates so that the conversion rate at non-member stores is lower than the conversion rate at member stores. This is because if the conversion rates are the same, the merit of becoming a member store is reduced, and fairness cannot be maintained between the member store and the non-member store.

  In the above embodiment, an example in which the point conversion rate setting means is the point management device 90 has been described as shown in FIG. 42 (e). However, the point conversion rate setting means is not limited to this, and the point conversion rate setting means is the POS terminal 63. Or a reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in S611 of FIG. 36 (b) or 66 (b), when the number of remaining balls is less than the number of replacement balls of the minimum special prize, the remaining number of balls is the end ball point. However, the number of remaining balls is not limited to this, and the remaining number of balls is an end ball when the number of remaining balls is less than, for example, the minimum number of exchanged balls of a general gift (for example, a general gift equivalent to 50 yen). You may make it convert into a point. That is, the point conversion means determines the number of remaining game media that is less than the number of game media necessary for exchanging with a specific prize within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user as a terminal corresponding to the number of remaining game media. Anything can be used as long as it can be converted into points, and the specific prize can be arbitrarily set.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 36 (b) or 66 (b), based on the reception of the electronic money medium at the POS terminal 63 or the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ (YES in S612), the remaining balls Although the example in which the number is converted into the edge point and the converted edge point is added to the point given to the accepted electronic money medium has been described, the present invention is not limited to this, but the POS terminal 63 or the reservation confirmation Based on the reception of the member card 2 at the terminal 65 ', the remaining number of balls is converted into end ball points, and the converted end ball points are added to the points given to the received member card 2. You may do it.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 36C, when the point management device 90 receives the end point exchange request during the store operation, the end point point is given at any time. However, the end point points may be given together after the store is closed, similarly to the usage points and charge points.

  In the above embodiment, as illustrated in FIG. 36C, the example in which the point management device 90 functions as a point conversion unit and a point addition processing unit has been described. 65 ′ may function as a point conversion unit and a point addition processing unit. In this case, the POS terminal 63 and the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ store a point conversion rate (function as a point conversion rate setting unit). The point conversion rate received from the point management device 90 is stored, or the point conversion rate set by the point conversion rate setting means that functions by itself is stored), and the stored point is obtained by the function as the point conversion means. Based on the conversion rate, the number of remaining balls is converted into edge points, and the function as a point addition processing means An end ball point addition request indicating the body ID and the converted end ball point is transmitted to the point member terminal 50, and the point member terminal 50 uses the end ball point DB shown in FIG. What is necessary is just to comprise so that the end ball point included in the point confirmation request may be added to the end ball point associated with the electronic money medium ID included in the end ball point confirmation request. Further, as described above, when points are managed on the electronic money medium, the POS terminal 63 and the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ can function as shown in FIG. 36 (b) or 66 (b) by the function as the point addition processing means. What is necessary is just to comprise so that the converted end-ball point may be written with respect to the electronic money medium received by S612.

  As described above, when points are managed on an electronic money medium, a program for functioning the IC chip as point conversion means and point addition processing means is stored in the IC chip of the electronic money medium. When the electronic money medium is brought close to the IC chip R / W 63f or 65f ′ in S612 of FIG. 36 (b) or 66 (b), the number of remaining balls and points from the POS terminal 63 or the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′. The conversion rate is acquired, the number of remaining balls is converted into end ball points based on the acquired point conversion rate by the function as point conversion means, and the converted end balls are converted by the function as point addition processing means. You may comprise so that a point may be managed.

  In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 46 (a), the example in which the end point is managed separately from the use point and the member store point has been described. When the electronic money medium ID of the electronic money medium being used and the member card ID are associated with each other, the end point points given for a certain store (for example, the game hall A) are associated with the member card ID. You may make it manage by adding to the use point or member store point of the said said store (namely, game hall A).

  In the second embodiment described above, as shown in FIG. 62, an example in which the point member terminal 50 and the reservation terminal 64 ′ are separate terminals has been described. An integrated terminal having the function of the terminal 64 ′ may also be used.

  In the second embodiment, the reservation confirmation terminal 65 ′ is common to the 4 yen business and the 1 yen business. As shown in S610 ′ of FIG. The example in which the end point exchange request indicating the manually entered loan rate is transmitted to the point management device 90 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and separate reservation confirmation terminals 65 for 4 yen business and 1 yen business. 'May be provided, and the end point exchange request including the loan rate set for the reservation confirmation terminal 65' may be transmitted to the point management device 90.

[5. Invention described in embodiment]
Finally, “prior art”, “problems to be solved by the invention”, and “effects of the invention” corresponding to the invention described in the above embodiment will be described.

[5-1. First invention]
First, as prior art 1, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-215754 (FIGS. 6, 11, and 32) is shown. In this prior art 1, a mobile terminal owned by a user and capable of charging electronic money is registered in advance, and the mobile banking settlement of the charge amount is performed from the mobile terminal using the balance of the account opened by the user at the financial institution. Thus, an electronic money system is described in which electronic money corresponding to the charged amount is charged to the portable terminal, and a ball lending which is an example of transaction processing is performed using the charged electronic money.

  However, in the system shown in the related art 1, a user who does not have a portable terminal that can charge electronic money, a user who is not familiar with the operation of the portable terminal, or a user who cannot use mobile banking payment uses electronic money. There is a problem that the use of electronic money cannot be promoted because transaction processing cannot be performed.

  Therefore, in the first invention described in the above embodiment, a user who does not have a portable terminal that can charge electronic money, a user who is unfamiliar with the operation of the portable terminal, or a user who cannot use mobile banking payment, In order to provide an electronic money system that can perform transaction processing using electronic money, the following inventions are configured.

  That is, as a first invention, transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simple ball lending unit) for performing transaction processing (ball lending processing) using electronic money charged in a mobile terminal (cell phone 4) owned by the user. 20 ′), an electronic money system (1), and a recording medium issuing means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30) for issuing a recording medium (electronic money card 3) that can be charged with electronic money to a user; Accepting value specifying information (banknote) for specifying the value owned by the user and the recording medium issued to the user, and at least part of the value specified from the received value specifying information Receiving the recording medium charging process for charging the corresponding electronic money to the recording medium, the value specifying information and the portable terminal, and from the received value specifying information A first charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) for performing a portable terminal charging process for charging the portable terminal with electronic money corresponding to at least a part of the determined value, and a recording medium for collecting the recording medium An electronic money system comprising: a collecting means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30) is configured. According to this, a user who does not have a portable terminal that can charge electronic money can perform transaction processing using the electronic money by receiving the issuance of a recording medium, and a user who is unfamiliar with the operation of the portable terminal or Users who cannot use mobile banking payments may perform transaction processing using electronic money by receiving issuance of a recording medium, or even when performing transaction processing using electronic money charged in a mobile terminal Since the charge can be easily performed based on the value owned by the user, the use of electronic money can be promoted.

  In the first invention, the recording medium (electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30) collects the recording medium (electronic money card 3) on the condition that a predetermined amount of deposit (deposit) has been collected. The electronic money system (1) is characterized in that the recording medium collection means (electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30) returns the collected deposit when collecting the recording medium. good. According to this, a deposit is collected, the recording medium is issued, and the deposit is returned when the recording medium is collected. Therefore, the recording medium can be prevented from being discarded, and the recording medium is related to the recording medium. Cost can be reduced.

  In the first aspect of the invention, the user who owns the mobile terminal makes a request to the financial institution on the basis of accepting the charge request for requesting charging of the electronic money to the mobile terminal (mobile phone 4) from the mobile terminal. A settlement processing means (electronic money server 80) for performing a settlement process for settlement of a charge amount corresponding to the electronic money charged to the mobile terminal using the balance of the opened account, and that the settlement is completed A second charge processing means (electronic money server 80) for executing a charge process for charging the mobile terminal with electronic money corresponding to the charge amount, on the condition that a settlement completion notification for notification is received; The electronic money system (1) may be further provided. According to this, when a charge request is received from a mobile terminal owned by a user, a settlement process is performed to settle the charge amount using the balance of the account opened by the user at the financial institution. Upon completion, a charge process for charging the electronic money corresponding to the charge amount to the mobile terminal is executed, so even if the user does not own the value at hand, the electronic money is charged to the mobile terminal. It is possible to improve the convenience of the user who owns the portable terminal.

  In the first invention, each of the plurality of financial institutions is a financial institution that is a member of a dedicated network, and receives a first settlement request for settlement of the charge amount from the portable terminal. The first financial institution server (notifying the second charge processing means (electronic money server 80) via the dedicated network a first settlement completion notification for notifying that the settlement for the first settlement request is completed. The first financial institution (corresponding to indirect settlement) in which the financial institution server 100A) is installed, and the second settlement request for requesting settlement of the charge amount are sent to the settlement processing means (electronic money server 80). And receiving a second settlement completion notification for notifying that the settlement for the second settlement request has been completed. Financial institution setting means (electronic money server) for setting which of the second financial institutions (corresponding to direct settlement) is the financial institution in which the second financial institution server (financial institution server 100A) to be notified is installed 80 display 83 and input device 84) and financial institution designation accepting means (communication of electronic money server 80) for accepting designation of the financial institution used for the settlement of the charge amount from the portable terminal among the plurality of financial institutions. 81) and whether the financial institution designated by the financial institution designation accepting means is the first financial institution or the second financial institution based on accepting the charge request from the portable terminal. And a financial institution determination means (control unit 82) for determining, wherein the settlement processing means (electronic money server 80) On the condition that the first financial institution is determined by the financial institution determination means, access information for accessing the first financial institution server from the mobile terminal and transmitting the first settlement request is stored in the mobile While performing the process of transmitting to the terminal, the process of transmitting the second settlement request to the second financial institution server on the condition that it is determined by the financial institution determination means that the second financial institution, The second charge processing means charges the electronic money to the portable terminal on the condition that the first payment completion notification for the first payment request is received via the dedicated network as the charge processing. The second charge completion notification for the second settlement request is received from the second financial institution server. As a condition, an electronic money system (1) characterized in that a second charging process for charging the mobile terminal with electronic money may be executed. According to this, not only financial institutions that are affiliated with a dedicated network but also financial institutions that are not affiliated with a dedicated network can be used for the settlement of the charge amount of electronic money. The use of electronic money can be promoted.

  Further, in the first invention, when the financial institution designated by the financial institution designation accepting means (the communication unit 81 of the electronic money server 80) is the second financial institution, the user has opened the financial institution. Account specifying information receiving means (communication unit 81 of the electronic money server 80) for receiving account specifying information capable of specifying an account from the mobile terminal (mobile phone 4) and each mobile terminal are specified by the financial institution specifying receiving means. Storing financial information capable of specifying the financial institution, and further storing financial institution storage means (mobile phone DB of the electronic money server 80) for storing the account specifying information received by the account specifying information receiving means, The payment processing means (electronic money server 80) is a financial machine specified from the stored information of the financial institution storage means as the payment processing. Information indicating the first financial institution server (financial institution server 100A) as the communication destination of the first settlement request is transmitted to the portable terminal as the access information, while the account identification stored in the financial institution storage means The electronic money system (1) may be characterized in that the second settlement request for requesting settlement from an account specified from the information is transmitted. According to this, regardless of whether the designated financial institution is the first financial institution or the second financial institution, the settlement is performed using the information that can be stored in advance and the account identification information that can identify the financial institution. Therefore, it is possible to save the trouble of inputting the information for the settlement for each settlement of the charge amount of the electronic money, and the convenience for the user can be improved.

[5-2. Second invention]
Moreover, as prior art 2, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2006-215754 (FIG. 6, FIG. 11, FIG. 32) is shown. In this prior art 2, a mobile terminal owned by the user and capable of charging electronic money is registered in advance, and the mobile banking settlement of the charge amount is performed from the mobile terminal using the balance of the account opened by the user at the financial institution. Thus, an electronic money system is described in which electronic money corresponding to the charged amount is charged to the portable terminal, and a ball lending which is an example of transaction processing is performed using the charged electronic money.

  However, in the system shown in the prior art 2, a user who does not have a portable terminal that can charge electronic money, a user who is unfamiliar with the operation of the portable terminal, or a user who cannot use mobile banking payment uses electronic money. There is a problem that the use of electronic money cannot be promoted because transaction processing cannot be performed.

  Therefore, in the second invention described in the above embodiment, a user who does not have a mobile terminal that can charge electronic money, a user who is unfamiliar with the operation of the mobile terminal, or a user who cannot use mobile banking payments. In order to provide an electronic money system that can perform transaction processing using electronic money, the following inventions are configured.

That is, as a second invention, transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simple ball lending unit) for performing transaction processing (ball lending processing) using electronic money charged in a mobile terminal (cell phone 4) owned by the user. 20 ′), an electronic money system (1), and a recording medium issuing means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30) for issuing a recording medium (electronic money card 3) that can be charged with electronic money to a user; Accepting value specifying information (banknote) for specifying the value owned by the user and the recording medium issued to the user, and at least part of the value specified from the received value specifying information Recording medium charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) for performing a recording medium charging process for charging the corresponding electronic money to the recording medium, and collecting the recording medium A recording medium collecting means (electronic money card issuance / collecting machine 30) to perform, and a first point for giving points according to charging of electronic money to the portable terminal and / or use of electronic money charged to the portable terminal Grant points (point management device 90) and points according to the charge of electronic money to the recording medium and / or the use of the electronic money charged to the recording medium between the issuance and collection of the recording medium And a second point granting unit (point management device 90).
Configured. According to this, even if a user does not have a portable terminal that can charge electronic money, a user who is unfamiliar with the operation of the portable terminal, or a user who cannot use mobile banking payment, the recording medium is issued. Since transaction processing using electronic money can be performed, the use of electronic money can be promoted, and points are also awarded when a recording medium is issued. Can be promoted.

  In the second invention, when the recording medium (electronic money card 3) is recovered by the recording medium recovery means (electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30), the presence / absence of points given to the recording medium is determined. Point existence confirmation means (point management device 90) to be confirmed, and point presence notification means (electronic money card issuance / recovery) for notifying that there is a point on condition that the point existence confirmation means confirms that there is a point The electronic money system (1) may further include a display 33) of the machine 30. According to this, when there is a point given to the recording medium to be collected by the recording medium collecting means, the fact is notified so that the user can recognize that the point is present and the recording medium is continued. Use can be promoted.

  In the second invention, the points given to the recording medium are invalidated based on the collection of the recording medium (electronic money card 3) by the recording medium collecting means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30). It is good also as an electronic money system (1) characterized by further including point invalidation means (point management device 90). According to this, since the point given to the recording medium collected by the recording medium collecting means is invalidated, even when the collected recording medium is recycled and reissued, the point is transferred to another person. It will not be taken over.

  In the second aspect of the present invention, point member registration receiving means (mobile phone 4, PC 5, point member terminal 50) that receives from the user point member registration for receiving the points for the recording medium (electronic money card 3). ) And, on the condition that the point member registration has been accepted, a process of transferring points (latent points) given to the recording medium subject to the point member registration as regular points of the recording medium is performed. The electronic money system (1) may further include point transfer processing means (point management device 90). According to this, when a point member registration is accepted, points given before the point member registration is accepted are transferred as regular points on the recording medium, and the user is disadvantaged depending on the timing of accepting the point member registration. There is no.

  Furthermore, in the second aspect of the invention, user identification information that accepts a point member registration for receiving the point grant for the recording medium (electronic money card 3) from the user and that identifies a user who performs the point member registration Whether or not the point member registration receiving means (mobile phone 4, PC 5, point member terminal 50) for receiving (attribute information) and the same user specifying information as the user specifying information received by the point member registration receiving means have already been received. And a user identification information reception determination means (point management device 90) for determining whether the point member registration reception means has already received the same user identification information by the user identification information reception determination means. On the condition that the point member registration is not accepted. It may be used as electronic money system (1),. According to this, since it is possible to eliminate duplicate point member registration by the same user, by performing point member registration on another person's recording medium, the points given to the other person's recording medium can be recorded by himself / herself. It is possible to prevent the act of adding to the points given to the medium.

[5-3. Third invention]
In the third invention described in the above embodiment, the following invention is configured based on the same conventional technique, problem and object as the second invention.

  That is, as a third invention, transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simple ball lending unit) that performs transaction processing (ball lending processing) using electronic money charged in a mobile terminal (cell phone 4) owned by the user. 20 ′), an electronic money system (1), and a recording medium issuing means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30) for issuing a recording medium (electronic money card 3) that can be charged with electronic money to a user; Accepting value specifying information (banknote) for specifying the value owned by the user and the recording medium issued to the user, and at least part of the value specified from the received value specifying information Recording medium charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) for performing a recording medium charging process for charging the corresponding electronic money to the recording medium, and rotating the recording medium. A recording medium collecting means (electronic money card issuance / collecting machine 30) to perform, and a first point for giving points according to charging of electronic money to the portable terminal and / or use of electronic money charged to the portable terminal Grant points (point management device 90) and points according to the charge of electronic money to the recording medium and / or the use of the electronic money charged to the recording medium between the issuance and collection of the recording medium Second point granting means (point management device 90), information capable of specifying the takeover source point given to the takeover source recording medium which is the point takeover source recording medium, and the point takeover destination portable terminal Takeover information receiving means (mobile phone 4) for receiving the takeover portable terminal or information (mobile phone ID) that can identify the takeover portable terminal PC 5, point member terminal 50, electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30) and takeover processing means for taking over the takeover source point specified from the information received by the takeover information receiving means as the point of the takeover destination portable terminal (Point management device 90). According to this, even if a user does not have a portable terminal that can charge electronic money, a user who is unfamiliar with the operation of the portable terminal, or a user who cannot use mobile banking payment, the recording medium is issued. Since transaction processing using electronic money can be performed, the use of electronic money can be promoted, and points are also awarded when a recording medium is issued. Can be promoted. In addition, since the takeover source point given to the takeover source recording medium can be taken over as the point of the takeover destination mobile terminal, a user who newly starts using a mobile terminal or a user who temporarily uses an electronic money card Convenience can be improved.

  In the third aspect of the invention, when the recording medium (electronic money card 3) is collected by the recording medium collecting means (electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30), the presence or absence of points given to the recording medium is determined. Point existence confirmation means (point management device 90) to be confirmed, and point presence notification means (electronic money card issuance / recovery) for notifying that there is a point on condition that the point existence confirmation means confirms that there is a point The electronic money system (1) may further include a display 33) of the machine 30. According to this, when there is a point given to the recording medium to be collected by the recording medium collecting means, the fact is notified so that the user can recognize that the point is present and the recording medium is continued. Use can be promoted.

  In the third invention, the takeover information receiving means (electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30) is based on the fact that the point existence confirmation means (point management device 90) has confirmed that there is a point. The takeover processing means (point management device 90) accepts the destination mobile terminal or the information (mobile phone ID) that can identify the takeover destination mobile terminal, and the takeover processing means (point management device 90) performs the recording medium collection means (electronic money card issuance / recovery) as the takeover process. The electronic money system (1) may be configured to perform a process of taking over the takeover source point given to the takeover source recording medium collected by the machine 30) as a point of the takeover destination portable terminal. According to this, when there is a point given to the recording medium collected by the recording medium collecting means, the takeover point portable terminal or the information that can identify the takeover portable terminal is received, and the point is transferred. Since it can be handed over as a point of a prior | preceding portable terminal, the effort of the user for this hand over can be reduced.

  In the third aspect of the invention, the first point granting unit (point management device 90) and the second point granting unit (point management device 90) charge electronic money at a predetermined grant interval (every day). And / or points according to the use of electronic money, and the points granted by the first point granting means are managed for each mobile terminal (mobile phone 4), and the second point granting means It further comprises point management means (charge point DB of the point management device 90) for managing the given points for each recording medium (electronic money card 3), and in the takeover process, points were given to the takeover source recording medium Stores takeover specifying information (takeover source ID, takeover date) that can specify that the takeover process has been performed later, and The processing means, on the condition that the takeover specifying information is stored for the takeover destination mobile terminal, with respect to the points managed for the takeover destination mobile terminal, While taking over the point addition process at the time of taking over the point to be given to the takeover destination mobile terminal, on the condition that the takeover specific information is not stored, for the point that is managed for the takeover destination mobile terminal, It is good also as an electronic money system (1) characterized by not adding points to be given to the takeover source recording medium. According to this, since the transfer point addition process is performed on the condition that the transfer specifying information is stored for the transfer destination portable terminal, the transfer is performed on the transfer source recording medium regardless of the interval at which the points are added. Of the points, points to be added to the points of the takeover destination portable terminal can be surely added.

  As another third invention, transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simple ball) that performs transaction processing (ball lending processing) using electronic money charged in a mobile terminal (cell phone 4) owned by the user. An electronic money system (1) including a lending unit 20 ′), which is a recording medium issuing means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30) that issues a recording medium (electronic money card 3) that can be charged with electronic money to a user. ) And value specifying information (banknote) for specifying the value owned by the user and the recording medium issued to the user, and at least one of the values specified from the received value specifying information Recording medium charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) for performing a recording medium charging process for charging the recording medium with electronic money corresponding to a recording unit, and the recording medium A recording medium recovery means (electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30) to be recovered and a first point for giving a point corresponding to the charge of the electronic money to the portable terminal and / or the use of the electronic money charged to the portable terminal Points according to point granting means (point management device 90) and charging of electronic money to the recording medium and / or use of electronic money charged to the recording medium between the issuance and collection of the recording medium Second point granting means (point management device 90) to be given, information that can specify the takeover source point given to the takeover source mobile terminal that is the point takeover source mobile terminal, and the point takeover destination recording medium Transfer information receiving means for receiving a certain transfer destination recording medium or information (electronic money card ID) that can specify the transfer destination recording medium Takeover processing means (point management device) for taking over as a point of the takeover destination recording medium the takeover source point specified from the information received by the mobile phone 4, PC 5, point member terminal 50) and the takeover information receiving means 90), and an electronic money system characterized by comprising: According to this, even if a user does not have a portable terminal that can charge electronic money, a user who is unfamiliar with the operation of the portable terminal, or a user who cannot use mobile banking payment, the recording medium is issued. Since transaction processing using electronic money can be performed, the use of electronic money can be promoted, and points are also awarded when a recording medium is issued. Can be promoted. Moreover, since the takeover source point given to the takeover source portable terminal can be taken over as a point of the takeover destination recording medium, it is possible to improve the convenience of the user who cannot use the portable terminal that can charge electronic money.

  In the third aspect of the invention, the first point granting unit (point management device 90) and the second point granting unit (point management device 90) charge electronic money at a predetermined grant interval (every day). And / or points according to the use of electronic money, and the points granted by the first point granting means are managed for each mobile terminal (mobile phone 4), and the second point granting means It further comprises point management means (charge point DB of the point management device 90) for managing the given points for each recording medium (electronic money card 3), and in the takeover process, points were given to the takeover source recording medium Stores takeover specifying information (takeover source ID, takeover date) that can specify that the takeover process has been performed later, and The processing means, on the condition that the takeover specifying information is stored for the takeover destination recording medium, with respect to the points managed for the takeover destination recording medium, While performing a point addition process at the time of takeover that adds points to be given to the takeover destination recording medium, on the condition that the takeover specifying information is not stored, for the points managed for the takeover destination recording medium, It is good also as an electronic money system (1) characterized by not adding points given to the above-mentioned takeover former portable terminal. According to this, since the transfer point addition process is performed on the condition that the transfer specifying information is stored for the transfer destination recording medium, the transfer point is given to the transfer source mobile terminal regardless of the interval of points. Of the points, the points to be added to the points of the transfer destination recording medium can be surely added.

  In the third aspect of the invention, the first point granting unit (point management device 90) and the second point granting unit (point management device 90) charge electronic money at a predetermined grant interval (every day). And / or points according to the use of electronic money, and the points granted by the first point granting means are managed for each mobile terminal (mobile phone 4) and for each grant interval, and the second Point management means for each given interval (charge point DB of the point management device 90) for managing the points given by the point granting means for each recording medium (electronic money card 3) and for each given interval; Upper limit value setting means for setting an upper limit value of points to be given to the portable terminal and the recording medium (the display of the point management device 90) Lay 93 and input device 94), and the takeover processing means (point management device 90), as the takeover processing, points given to the portable terminal and points given to the recording medium at the same grant interval The electronic money system (1) may be characterized in that the process of taking over the upper limit point is performed on the condition that the total value of the upper limit value exceeds the upper limit value set by the upper limit value setting means. According to this, when the sum of the points given to the mobile terminal and the points given to the recording medium in the same grant interval exceeds the upper limit value, the upper limit point is taken over, It is possible to prevent the act of receiving points that exceed the upper limit by misusing the takeover.

  In the third aspect of the invention, point member registration receiving means (portable) that receives point member registration for receiving the points for the portable terminal (mobile phone 4) and the recording medium (electronic money card 3) from the user. The transfer processing means (point management device 90), as the transfer process, the transfer source recording medium or the transfer source portable terminal not accepting the point member registration as the transfer process. The electronic money system (1) is characterized in that the point (latent point) given to the user is transferred as a normal point of the transfer destination portable terminal or the transfer destination recording medium that has received the point member registration. It is also good. According to this, the points granted to the takeover source recording medium or the takeover source portable terminal without the point member registration once for the takeover source recording medium or the takeover source portable terminal that has not accepted the point member registration, Since it is possible to take over as a regular point of the takeover destination portable terminal or takeover destination recording medium that has accepted the member registration, it is possible to reduce the time and effort of the user for the takeover.

  Furthermore, in the third aspect of the invention, the mobile terminal (mobile phone 4) and the recording medium (electronic money card 3) receive a point member registration for receiving the points from the user, and the point member registration is performed. Point member registration receiving means (mobile phone 4, PC 5, point member terminal 50) for receiving user specifying information (attribute information) that can specify the user to perform, and the same user as the user specifying information received by the point member registration receiving means User identification information reception determination means (control unit 92 of the point management device 90) for determining whether specific information has already been received, and the transfer information reception means (mobile phone 4, PC 5, point member terminal 50) ) Has already received the same user specific information by the user specific information reception determination means On the basis that is determined to have, it may be an electronic money system (1), characterized in performing the reception. According to this, when the same user identification information as the user identification information of the user who performs the point member registration has already been accepted, the takeover can be accepted together with the acceptance of the point member registration. The user's trouble can be reduced.

[5-4. Fourth invention]
Moreover, as prior art 4, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2005-11116 (paragraph 0022,0137) is shown. According to the related art 4, in the electronic money server, depending on the use of the electronic money charged in the portable terminal owned by the user or the use of the electronic money charged in the electronic money card which is an example of the recording medium owned by the user. In the case of a mobile terminal, by sending an addition command from the electronic money server to the mobile terminal, the privileged electronic money corresponding to the granted point is charged to the mobile terminal, while the electronic money In the case of a card, by setting the electronic money card in a dedicated reader / writer connected to a personal computer owned by the user, it corresponds to the given point from the electronic money server via the dedicated reader / writer. A system for charging special electronic money to the electronic money card is described.

  However, in the system shown in the prior art 4, since the user of the electronic money card costs to prepare the dedicated reader / writer by himself / herself in order to charge the privileged electronic money to the electronic money card, the user's convenience There was a problem of low nature.

  Therefore, in the fourth invention described in the above embodiment, the user of the recording medium capable of charging electronic money can charge the privileged electronic money to the recording medium without preparing a dedicated reader / writer by himself / herself. In order to provide an electronic money system and an electronic money server that can be used, the following inventions are configured.

  That is, as the fourth invention, the recording medium issuing means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30) for issuing a recording medium (electronic money card 3) that can be charged with electronic money to the user, and the value owned by the user are specified. Receiving the value specifying information (banknote) and the recording medium issued to the user, and recording the electronic money corresponding to at least a part of the value specified from the received value specifying information Recording medium charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) for performing recording medium charging processing to be charged to the recording medium and transaction means (ball lending processing) for performing transaction processing (ball lending processing) using the electronic money charged to the recording medium Unit 20, simple ball lending unit 20 ′) and recording medium recovery means (electronic money card issuance / recovery machine 30) for recovering the recording medium. An electronic money system (1) provided in the (game hall), which is a special electronic money issuing means for issuing special electronic money according to the use history of the recording medium from the issuance to collection of the recording medium ( Electronic money server 80) and a recording medium privilege charge process for charging the privileged electronic money issued by the privileged electronic money issuing means as the electronic money to the issue medium provided in the store. An electronic money system is provided, further comprising first privilege charge processing means (electronic money charge machine 40). According to this, since the first privilege charge processing means provided in the store can charge the bonus electronic money to the recording medium as the electronic money, the user of the recording medium can use the bonus electronic money as the recording medium. There is no need to prepare a dedicated reader / writer for charging, and the convenience of the user of the recording medium can be improved.

  In the fourth aspect of the invention, the transaction means (the ball lending unit 20, the simple ball lending unit 20 ′) is an electronic device that is owned by a user and charged to a portable terminal (cellular phone 4) that can charge the electronic money. Transaction processing (ball lending processing) is performed using money, and the privilege electronic money issuing means (electronic money server 80) issues privilege electronic money according to the usage history of the mobile terminal, and the issued privilege Electronic money, further comprising second privilege charge processing means (electronic money server 80) for executing privilege charge processing for charging electronic money to the mobile terminal to be issued as electronic money. The system (1) may be used. According to this, since the privilege charging process for charging the privileged electronic money to the mobile terminal as electronic money is executed by the second privilege charge processing means, the convenience of the user of the mobile terminal can be improved. it can.

  In the fourth aspect of the invention, the first deposit provided in the operating organization (card company) of the privileged electronic money issuing means (electronic money server 80), which is an account of the operating organization and into which benefits issuing funds are deposited. Funds that are information requesting to transfer funds corresponding to the privileged electronic money from an account (gift account of financial institution server 100B) to a second deposit account (settlement account of financial institution server 100B) of the operating organization Fund transfer request transmitting means (electronic money server 80) for transmitting a transfer request to the financial institution server (100B) of the financial institution provided with the first deposit account, On the condition that a fund transfer completion notification indicating that the fund transfer for the fund transfer request transmitted by the fund transfer request transmitting means has been completed is received. It may be an electronic money system (1), characterized in that to issue the benefits electronic money. According to this, since the privilege electronic money is not issued unless the funds are transferred from the first deposit account in which the privilege issue funds are deposited to the second deposit account, the operator or the like performs an illegal operation. Even if it exists, it can prevent that damage expands more than the money for privilege issue deposited to the 1st deposit account.

  In the fourth aspect of the present invention, when the recording medium (electronic money card 3) is collected by the recording medium collecting means (electronic money card issuance and collection machine 30), the bonus electronic money issued for the recording medium is collected. Announcement of the presence of the privilege electronic money on the condition that the privilege electronic money is confirmed by the privilege electronic money presence / absence confirmation means (electronic money management server 80) for confirming the presence / absence of the privilege electronic money. It is good also as an electronic money system (1) further provided with the privilege electronic money presence alerting means (display 33 of electronic money card issue collection machine 30) to perform. According to this, when there is special electronic money issued for the recording medium recovered by the recording medium recovery means, the fact is notified, so the user loses without noticing that there is special electronic money. Can be prevented, and continuous use of the recording medium can be promoted.

  In the fourth aspect of the present invention, a privilege member registration receiving means (mobile phone 4, PC5, point member) that receives from the user a privilege member registration for receiving the issue of the privilege electronic money for the recording medium (electronic money card 3). Terminal 50) and, on the condition that the privilege member registration has been accepted, the privileged electronic money (latent privileged electronic money) issued for the recording medium that is the subject of the privileged member registration is the regular privilege of the recording medium. The electronic money system (1) may further include privileged electronic money transfer processing means (electronic money server 80) that performs a process of transferring as electronic money. According to this, when the privilege member registration is accepted, the privilege electronic money issued before the privilege member registration is accepted is transferred as the regular privilege electronic money of the recording medium. There is no disadvantage.

  Yet another fourth aspect of the invention is that the electronic money can be charged and a recording medium (electronic money card 3) issued and collected at a store (game hall) is used to receive a usage history from the issue to collection. Provided in the store; history receiving means (communication unit 81); privilege electronic money issuing means (control unit 82) for issuing privileged electronic money corresponding to the usage history of the recording medium received by the usage history receiving means; First privilege charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) for performing a recording medium privilege charge process for charging the privileged electronic money issued by the privileged electronic money issuing means as the electronic money to the recording medium to be issued. ), Charge information transmission means (control unit 82) for transmitting charge information for executing the recording medium privilege charge process, It was constructed electronic money server (80), characterized in obtaining. According to this, in order to execute the recording medium privilege charge process with respect to the first privilege charge processing means that is provided in the store and performs the recording medium privilege charge process that charges the privileged electronic money to the recording medium as the electronic money. Since the special electronic money can be charged to the recording medium as electronic money in the store, the user of the recording medium can read the special electronic money to the recording medium. / There is no need to prepare a writer yourself, and the convenience of the user of the recording medium can be improved.

[5-5. Fifth invention]
Moreover, as prior art 5-1, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2005-270210 (FIGS. 12-14) is shown. In this prior art 5-1, a member registered as a member at each amusement hall registers the member ID of the member in the point management device, and inserts a member card in which the member ID is recorded into a card unit. In this case, a point management device is described in which points given according to the amount of the ball loan are managed in association with the member ID.

  Moreover, as prior art 5-2, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2006-215754 (FIGS. 18-29, FIG. 34) is shown. In this prior art 5-2, when a user possessing a mobile terminal registers the mobile terminal in a server and brings the mobile terminal close to the antenna of a unit, specific electronic money charged in the mobile terminal is stored. The electronic money system where the used ball lending is performed is described.

  However, when the member shown in the prior art 5-1 uses the electronic money of the portable terminal shown in the prior art 5-2 as an example of an electronic money medium and performs the ball lending as an example of the transaction If the member card, which is an example of the member recording medium, is not inserted into the card unit, there is a problem that points according to the ball lending amount cannot be given.

  Therefore, in the fifth invention described in the above embodiment, even when a transaction using electronic money is performed without using a member recording medium, points can be given to the member. For the purpose of providing such a point management device, the following inventions are configured.

  That is, as a fifth invention, recording medium transaction information (prepaid use amount) relating to a transaction using a member recording medium (member card 2) issued to a member registered as a member at each store (game hall), Receiving means (communication unit 91) for receiving member identification information (member card ID) recorded on the recording medium for members and capable of individually identifying the member, and recording medium transaction information and member identification information by the receiving means Point management means (control unit 92 and use) that manages the transaction points (use points) given in accordance with the received recording medium transaction information in association with the received member identification information A point management device (90) having an electronic money that can be charged by electronic money owned by a member of the member identification information and the member identification information. -Further comprising identification information storage means (point member DB) for storing the electronic money medium identification information (electronic money medium ID) capable of individually identifying the medium (mobile phone 4, PC5) in association with the receiving means; Receives electronic money transaction information (electronic money usage amount) related to the transaction using electronic money charged in the electronic money medium, and electronic money medium identification information of the electronic money medium, and the electronic money medium Receiving the electronic money charge information (charge amount) relating to the charging of the electronic money to the electronic money medium and the electronic money medium identification information of the electronic money medium, the point management means using the receiving means, the electronic money transaction information and the electronic money medium On the condition that the identification information is received, the transaction points given according to the received electronic money transaction information are The member is managed as a member point of the member identification information stored in the identification information storage means in association with the received electronic money medium identification information, and the electronic money charge information and the electronic money medium identification information are On the condition that it has been received, a charge point given in accordance with the received electronic money charge information is associated with the received electronic money medium identification information in the member identification information stored in the identification information storage means. A point management device characterized by managing as member points was constructed. According to this, by storing the member identification information recorded in the member recording medium and the electronic money medium identification information of the electronic money medium owned by the member in association with each other, the member recording medium is stored. Even if the member conducts a transaction using electronic money charged in the electronic money medium without using the card, the transaction points given in accordance with the use of the electronic money are used as the member's points. In addition to being able to manage electronic money, even when electronic money is charged to an electronic money medium, the charge points granted in accordance with the charge of the electronic money can be managed as the points of the member. Can be promoted.

  In the fifth aspect of the invention, the point management means (the control unit 92 and the use point DB) is configured so that the reception means (communication unit 91) performs electronic money transaction information (electronic money usage amount) and electronic money medium identification information (electronic money). On the condition that the money medium ID) is received, the transaction information (use point) given in accordance with the received electronic money transaction information is associated with the received electronic money medium identification information and stored in the identification information storage A point management device (90) characterized in that the point is managed as the member's point by adding to the point associated with the member identification information (member card ID) stored in the means (point member DB) It is also good. According to this, the transaction points given according to the use of the electronic money are added to the points associated with the member identification information, so that the transaction points given according to the use of the electronic money Since the member can use the total number of transaction points given in accordance with the use of the recording medium for the member, the convenience of the member can be improved.

  In the fifth aspect of the invention, the reception means (communication unit 91) receives the electronic money transaction information (electronic money usage amount) and the electronic money medium identification information (electronic money medium ID) on the condition that the reception is received. Store that issued the member recording medium (member card 2) in which the member identification information (member card ID) stored in the identification information storage means (point member DB) is recorded in association with the electronic money medium identification information. (Game room) and store coincidence determining means (control unit 92) for determining whether or not the electronic money transaction information and the store from which the electronic money medium identification information is transmitted match, the point management The means (the control unit 92 and the use point DB) responds to the received electronic money transaction information on the condition that the store match determination means determines that they match. By adding the given transaction points (use points) to the points associated with the member identification information stored in the identification information storage means in association with the received electronic money medium identification information, Transaction points (merchant points, charge of non-member stores) given according to the received electronic money transaction information on the condition that it is determined that the points do not match by the store match determination means while being managed as member points The point management device (90) may be configured to manage points as points of the members by managing them in association with the received electronic money medium identification information. According to this, the transaction points given in accordance with the use of electronic money at the store where the member is registered are added to the points associated with the member identification information, while the electronic points at the store where the member is not registered are added. Transaction points granted according to the use of money are managed in association with the electronic money medium identification information, so that regardless of whether the store is registered as a member, Since the transaction points granted can be managed as the points of the member, the use of electronic money can be promoted.

  In the fifth aspect of the invention, member store setting means (display 93 and input device 94) for setting a store (game hall) participating in the point service provided by the point management device, and the store match determination means (control unit) 92) on the condition that the electronic money transaction information (electronic money used amount) and the electronic money medium identification information (electronic money medium ID) are transmitted by the member store setting means on the condition that it is determined that they do not coincide with each other A member store determination unit (control unit 92) for determining whether or not the set member store is set, and the point management unit (control unit 92 and use point DB) is determined by the member store determination unit. The transaction points (use points) given in accordance with the received electronic money transaction information are received on the condition that the store is determined to be a member store. And in association with the electronic money medium identification information, it may point management device (90), characterized in that manages a point of the merchant (merchant point). According to this, the transaction points given in accordance with the use of electronic money in the point service member store other than the store registered as a member are the same as the transaction points given in accordance with the use of the member recording medium. Therefore, for example, settlement related to the point with each store can be reliably performed.

  In the fifth aspect of the invention, the point management means (the control unit 92 and the charge point DB) receives the received electronic data on the condition that the member store determining means (control unit 92) determines that the store is not a member store. According to money transaction information (amount of electronic money used), the charge points (charge points of non-member stores) granted at a grant rate lower than the grant rate of the transaction points (use points) are received by the received electronic Points managed as member points of member identification information (member card ID) stored in the identification information storage means (point member DB) in association with money medium identification information (electronic money medium ID) A management device (90) may be used. According to this, since charge points are awarded according to the use of electronic money at point service non-member stores, the use of electronic money at non-member stores can be promoted while transactions granted at member stores are promoted. Since charge points are awarded at non-member stores at a grant rate lower than the point grant rate, a certain level of fairness can be maintained between the member stores and non-member stores.

  In the fifth invention, an upper limit setting means for setting an upper limit value of the transaction points (use points) to be given for a predetermined period (every day) and to set an upper limit value of the charge points to be given for a predetermined period (Display 93 and input device 94), and the point management means (control unit 92, use point DB, and charge point DB) according to the recording medium transaction information (prepaid use amount) in the predetermined period. The total value of the transaction points and the transaction points according to the electronic money transaction information (electronic money usage amount) in the predetermined period exceeds the upper limit value of the transaction points set by the upper limit setting means The upper limit value is managed as the member's points, and the electronic money manager in the predetermined period Managing the upper limit value as the member's point on condition that the charge point corresponding to the information (electronic money usage amount) exceeds the upper limit value of the charge point set by the upper limit setting means. A feature point management device (90) may be used. According to this, it is a case where the total value of the transaction points granted in accordance with the use of the recording medium for members in the predetermined period and the transaction points granted in accordance with the use of electronic money exceeds the upper limit value. However, since points exceeding the upper limit are not given, it is possible to maintain fairness with members who own only the recording medium for members and charge points that are given according to the charge of electronic money With regard to, the upper limit can be set in accordance with the policy of the operating organization.

  Further, in the fifth invention, the member uses the summed points obtained by adding the transaction points (use points) and the charge points so that the member can enjoy a predetermined service (exchange with products, application for lottery). The point management device (90) may further include point use processing means (control unit 92) for performing the processing for the above. According to this, since the member can use the combined point obtained by adding the transaction point and the charge point, the convenience of the member can be improved.

[5-6. Sixth Invention]
Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2005-11116 (paragraphs 0136 and 0137) is shown as prior art 6. In this prior art 6, in the electronic money server, points corresponding to charging of electronic money to an electronic money card, which is an example of an electronic money medium owned by a user, and use of electronic money charged to the electronic money card are provided. When an access is accepted from a personal computer (hereinafter referred to as “PC”) which is an example of a terminal owned by the user, the points given to the electronic money card owned by the user are confirmed. A system for charging electronic money corresponding to the predetermined number of points to the electronic money card is described as an example of providing a privilege to the user if the points have reached a predetermined number of points. .

  However, in the system shown in the prior art 6, a user who does not own a terminal such as a PC cannot confirm the points given to the electronic money medium. There was a problem of not realizing that the number of points had been reached.

  Therefore, in the sixth invention described in the above-described embodiment, benefits provided to the electronic money medium owned by the user can be provided to a user who does not own a terminal such as a PC. The following invention is configured for the purpose of providing an electronic money system capable of recognizing that a predetermined number of points has been reached.

  That is, as a sixth aspect of the invention, the value specifying information (banknote) for specifying the value owned by the user (player) and the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) owned by the user are accepted. A charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) for performing a charging process for charging electronic money corresponding to at least a part of the value specified from the received value specifying information to the electronic money medium, and / or the electronic Transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simplified ball lending unit 20 ′) for receiving money media and performing transaction processing (ball lending processing) using electronic money charged in the received electronic money medium; A point that gives points according to the charge of electronic money to the electronic money medium and / or the use of the electronic money charged to the electronic money medium. And a predetermined point number for a user who owns the electronic money medium on the condition that the points granted to the electronic money medium reach a predetermined number of points. A privilege providing means (point management device 90) for performing a privilege providing process for providing a privilege corresponding to the item (exchange with product, application for lottery), wherein the charge The processing means and / or the transaction means confirms whether or not the points given to the accepted electronic money medium have reached the predetermined number of points based on the acceptance of the electronic money medium Confirmation means (control unit 42) for performing processing, and the points given to the accepted electronic money medium have reached the predetermined number of points As conditions to constitute an electronic money system, characterized by further comprising a notification means for performing notification process for notifying that has reached to the predetermined number of points (display 43), a. According to this, on the basis of the reception of the electronic money medium in the charge processing means and / or the transaction means, the points given to the received electronic money medium become the predetermined number of points necessary for receiving the provision of the privilege. Since it has been confirmed whether or not it has been reached, the fact that it has been reached is notified so that a point given to the electronic money medium is predetermined for a user who does not own a terminal such as a PC. You can notice that you have reached the number of points.

  In the sixth aspect of the invention, point member registration receiving means (mobile phone 4, PC5) for receiving point member registration for receiving the points for the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) from the user. , The point member terminal 50), and the point that is granted to the electronic money medium subject to the registration of the point member is converted into a regular point of the electronic money medium on the condition that the point member registration is accepted. The electronic money system (1) may further include point transfer processing means (point management device 90) that performs processing of transferring as points. According to this, when the point member registration is accepted, the latent points granted before the point member registration is accepted are transferred as regular points of the electronic money medium, and the user is disadvantageous depending on the timing of accepting the point member registration. Never become.

  In the sixth aspect of the invention, the notification means (display 43) indicates that the regular points have reached the predetermined number of points on the condition that the latent points have reached the predetermined number of points. As an electronic money system (1), a notification process for notifying that the potential points have reached the predetermined number of points is performed in a second notification mode different from the first notification mode for reporting Also good. According to this, the 1st alerting | reporting aspect which alert | reports that the regular point has reached the predetermined number of points, and the 2nd alerting | reporting aspect which alert | reports that the latent point has reached the predetermined number of points are included. Since they are different, it is possible to make a user who has not registered a point member aware of the necessity of point member registration.

  In the sixth aspect of the invention, the charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) and / or the transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simplified ball lending unit 20 ′) may be configured such that the potential points are the predetermined number of points. It is good also as an electronic money system (1) characterized in that the point member registration can be accepted from the user on the condition that it has reached. According to this, since the point member registration can be performed in the charge processing means and / or the transaction means, the convenience for the user can be improved.

  In the sixth aspect of the invention, the charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) and / or the transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simple ball lending unit 20 ′) receive the received electronic money medium (electronic money). A privilege receiving operation (point member) for the user to receive a privilege according to the predetermined number of points, provided that the points given to the card 3 and the mobile phone 4) have reached the predetermined number of points. The electronic money system (1) may be characterized in that the user can accept (login to a dedicated homepage) from the user. According to this, since the privilege receiving operation can be performed in the charge processing means and / or the transaction means, the convenience for the user can be improved.

  In the sixth aspect of the invention, the information processing apparatus further includes notification upper limit setting means (a display 93 and an input device 94 of the point management device 90) for setting an upper limit number of times for performing the notification processing in a predetermined period, and the notification means (display 43) includes The electronic money system (1) may perform the notification process in the predetermined period within the range of the upper limit number set by the notification upper limit setting means. According to this, since the notification process is performed within the range of the preset upper limit number of times, if the upper limit number of times is appropriately set, an adverse effect that the user feels troublesome due to the excessive notification process being performed is prevented. be able to.

  In the sixth invention, the electronic money medium includes a recording medium (electronic money card 3) issued to the user (player) and a mobile terminal (mobile phone 4) owned by the user. The charge processing means (electronic money charging machine 40) and / or the transaction means (ball lending unit 20, simple ball lending unit 20 ′), the points given to the received recording medium are the predetermined points The notification process by the notification means (display 43) is performed on the condition that the number of points has been reached, and the number of points assigned to the received mobile terminal has reached the predetermined number of points. An electronic mail that performs processing for transmitting an electronic mail indicating that the predetermined number of points has been reached to the portable terminal; May be over system (1). According to this, on the condition that the points given to the mobile terminal have reached the predetermined number of points, an e-mail indicating that is transmitted to the mobile terminal, so that the user of the mobile terminal On the other hand, it can be surely noticed that the points given to the portable terminal have reached a predetermined number of points.

  As yet another sixth invention, recording medium issuing means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine 30) for issuing a recording medium (electronic money card 3) capable of charging electronic money to a user (player), and a user It accepts value specifying information (banknote) for specifying the value owned by the user and the recording medium issued to the user, and corresponds to at least a part of the value specified from the received value specifying information Requests charging of electronic money to a first charge processing means (electronic money charging device 40) for performing a recording medium charging process for charging electronic money to the recording medium and a portable terminal (mobile phone 4) owned by the user. Based on the receipt of the charge request from the mobile terminal, the user who owns the mobile terminal uses the balance of the account opened at the financial institution to A settlement processing means (electronic money server 80) for performing a settlement process for settlement of a charge amount corresponding to the electronic money charged to the mobile terminal, and a settlement completion notification for notifying that the settlement has been completed are received. On the condition, a second charge processing means (electronic money server 80) for executing a charge process for charging (air-charging) the electronic money corresponding to the charge amount to the portable terminal; A first point granting unit (point management device 90) for granting points according to the charge of the electronic money and / or the use of the electronic money charged to the portable terminal; and the charging of the electronic money to the recording medium and / or Or second point granting means (poi) for giving points according to the use of electronic money charged in the recording medium. Management device 90) and the predetermined points for the user who owns the recording medium or the portable terminal, provided that the points given to the recording medium or the portable terminal have reached a predetermined number of points. A privilege providing means (point management device 90) for performing a privilege providing process for providing a privilege according to the number (exchange with a product, application for lottery), the electronic money system (1), First confirmation means (point management device 90) for performing a first confirmation process for confirming whether or not the number of points given to the portable terminal has reached the predetermined number of points; and given to the portable terminal A first notification process is performed to notify the mobile terminal that the predetermined number of points has been reached on the condition that a certain point has reached the predetermined number of points. And the first charge processing means, based on the reception of the recording medium, the number of points given to the received recording medium is the predetermined number of points. A second confirmation unit (control unit 42) for performing a second confirmation process for confirming whether or not the number of points reached has reached the predetermined number of points. A second notification means (display 43) for performing a second notification process for notifying that the predetermined number of points has been reached on the condition that the predetermined number of points has been reached. did. According to this, based on the reception of the recording medium in the first charge processing means, whether or not the points given to the received recording medium have reached a predetermined number of points necessary for receiving the benefit provision Since it is notified on the condition that it has been confirmed and reached, the point given to the recording medium is a predetermined point for the user of the recording medium who does not own a terminal such as a PC. It is possible to notice that the number has been reached, and whether or not the number of points given to the mobile terminal has reached the predetermined number of points is confirmed and, on the condition that the point has been reached, that fact is Since the notification is made at the terminal, the user of the mobile terminal can be made aware that the points given to the mobile terminal have reached a predetermined number of points.

[5-7. Seventh Invention]
Moreover, as prior art 7, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2005-11116 (paragraphs 0136,0137) is shown. In this prior art 7, in the electronic money server, points corresponding to charging of electronic money to an electronic money card, which is an example of an electronic money medium owned by a user, and use of electronic money charged to the electronic money card are provided. A point system for charging electronic money corresponding to the predetermined number of points to the electronic money card as an example of providing a privilege to the user if the point has reached a predetermined number of points is described Has been.

  However, in the point system shown in the prior art 7, since only points according to the charge and use of electronic money are given, there are few opportunities to increase points, and there is a problem that the user cannot be encouraged to use the point system. there were.

  Therefore, in the seventh invention described in the above embodiment, the following invention is configured for the purpose of providing an electronic money system that can prompt the user to use the point system.

That is, as a seventh invention, points according to charging of electronic money to an electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) owned by a user and / or use of electronic money charged to the electronic money medium are provided. The point granting means (point management device 90) to be granted and the predetermined number of points given to the electronic money medium have reached the predetermined number for the user who owns the electronic money medium. In an electronic money system (1) provided with a privilege providing means (point management device 90) for performing a privilege providing process for providing a privilege according to the number of points (exchange for goods and electronic money, application for lottery) In addition, within the range of the number of game media (acquired balls) that the user has acquired through the game, exchange with a specific prize (special prize with the smallest number of exchanged balls) Point conversion means (point management device 90) for converting the number of remaining game media (number of remaining balls) that is less than the required number of game media into the points (end ball points) corresponding to the number of remaining game media, and the points Point addition processing means (point management device 90) for performing point addition processing for adding the points converted by the conversion means to the points given to the electronic money medium received with the exchange; Is an electronic money system characterized by
Configured. According to this, within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media that is less than the number of game media required for exchanging with a specific prize is converted into points corresponding to the number of remaining game media. Since the converted points are added to the points given to the electronic money medium received with the exchange, the user can be encouraged to use the point system.

  In the seventh invention, the privilege providing means (point management device 90) performs a process for issuing the electronic money according to the predetermined number of points as the privilege providing process. An electronic money system (1) may be used. According to this, since the electronic money is issued in exchange for the points given to the electronic money medium, the convenience for the user can be improved.

  In the seventh aspect, point conversion rate setting means (points) for setting a point conversion rate for converting the number of remaining game media (number of remaining balls) into the points for each lending rate for lending the game media A display 93 and an input device 94) of the management device 90, and the point conversion means (point management device 90) calculates the number of remaining game media based on the point conversion rate set by the point conversion rate setting means. It is good also as an electronic money system (1) characterized by converting into the point. According to this, the number of remaining game media is converted into points based on the point conversion rate set for each loan rate of game media, so that even if a game with a different loan rate is performed, even point conversion is performed. Can do.

  In the seventh aspect of the invention, a confirmation process for confirming whether or not the number of points given to the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) has reached the predetermined number of points has been confirmed. Means (point management device 90) and the fact that the predetermined number of points has been reached on the condition that the points given to the electronic money medium have reached the predetermined number of points. It is good also as an electronic money system (1) characterized by further including point arrival information means (point management device 90) which performs information processing for information. According to this, it is confirmed whether or not the points granted to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points necessary for receiving the benefits, and notification is made on the condition that the points have been reached. Therefore, it can be made to recognize that a privilege can be provided to the user at an appropriate timing.

  In the seventh aspect of the invention, point member registration receiving means (mobile phone 4, PC5) that receives point member registration for receiving the points for the electronic money medium (electronic money card 3, mobile phone 4) from the user. , The point member terminal 50), and the point that is granted to the electronic money medium subject to the registration of the point member is converted into a regular point of the electronic money medium on the condition that the point member registration is accepted. The electronic money system (1) may further include point transfer processing means (point management device 90) that performs processing of transferring as points. According to this, when the point member registration is accepted, the latent points granted before the point member registration is accepted are transferred as regular points of the electronic money medium, and the user is disadvantageous depending on the timing of accepting the point member registration. Never become.

  In the seventh invention, the electronic money medium includes a recording medium (electronic money card 3) issued to the user, and the point member registration for receiving the points for the recording medium is performed as described above. Point member registration receiving means (mobile phone 4, PC 5, point member terminal 50) for receiving user specifying information (attribute information) that can be specified from the user and for specifying the user performing the point member registration, and the point member registration receiving means And a user identification information reception determination unit (point management device 90) for determining whether or not the same user identification information as the user identification information received by is already received, wherein the point member registration reception unit includes the user identification information It is determined that the same user specific information has already been received by the specific information reception determination means. It condition was, or as an electronic money system (1), characterized in that does not accept the point member registration. According to this, since it is possible to eliminate duplicate point member registration by the same user, by performing point member registration on another person's recording medium, the points given to the other person's recording medium can be recorded by himself / herself. It is possible to prevent the act of adding to the points given to the medium.

  Furthermore, in the seventh invention, the electronic money medium includes a recording medium (electronic money card 3) issued to the user, and a recording medium collecting means (electronic money card issuing and collecting machine) for collecting the recording medium 30) and the presence / absence of a point for confirming the presence / absence of points (use points, member store points, charge points, edge points) given to the recording medium when the recording medium is collected by the recording medium collecting means On the condition that the point is confirmed by the confirmation means (point management device 90) and the point presence / absence confirmation means, the point presence notification means (electronic money card issue) that notifies the user that the point is present An electronic money system (1), further comprising a display 33) of the collection machine 30 Good. According to this, when there is a point given to the recording medium to be collected by the recording medium collecting means, the fact is notified so that the user can recognize that the point is present and the recording medium is continued. Use can be promoted.

FIG. 1 is an overall view showing an example of an electronic money system including an electronic money server and a point management device according to the present invention. FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of the contents stored in the writing status DB stored in the remote issuing server. FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing an example of the electronic money use registration process. FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on the display of the mobile phone at the time of electronic money use registration. FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display of the mobile phone by the electronic money usage program. FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of electronic money purchase processing. FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing an example of the indirect payment process in the electronic money purchase process. FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing an example of the electronic money charge process. FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing an example of a direct payment process in the electronic money purchase process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on the display of the mobile phone during the electronic money purchase process. FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on the display of a mobile phone or a PC owned by the user. FIG. 12 is a diagram subsequent to FIG. FIG. 13 is also a diagram following FIG. FIG. 14 is also a diagram following FIG. FIG. 15A is a front view of the ball lending unit and the pachinko machine, and FIG. 15B is a cross-sectional right side view of the ball lending unit. FIG. 16A is a front view of a simple ball lending unit and a pachinko machine, and FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional right side view of the simple ball lending unit. FIG. 17A is a functional block diagram of a ball lending unit and a pachinko machine, and FIG. 17B is a functional block diagram of a simple ball lending unit and a pachinko machine. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing an example of processing when money is accepted in the ball lending unit. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an example of processing when a member card is received in the ball lending unit. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing an example of processing when an electronic money medium is received in the ball lending unit. FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of the storage contents of each DB stored in the hall computer, where (a) is a prepaid usage amount DB and (b) is an electronic money usage amount DB. FIG. 22A is a perspective view showing an example of an electronic money card issuance and collection machine, and FIG. 22B is a functional block diagram thereof. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an example of processing performed by the electronic money card issuing and collecting machine. FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on the display of the electronic money card issuance and collection machine. FIG. 25 is a diagram following FIG. FIG. 26A is a perspective view showing an example of an electronic money charger, and FIG. 26B is a functional block diagram thereof. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an example of processing performed by the electronic money charging machine. FIG. 28 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on the display of the electronic money charging machine. FIG. 29 is a diagram following FIG. FIG. 30A is a perspective view illustrating an example of the point member terminal, and FIG. 30B is a functional block diagram thereof. FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on the display of the point member terminal. FIG. 32 is a diagram subsequent to FIG. FIG. 33 is also a diagram following FIG. FIG. 34 is also a diagram following FIG. FIG. 35A is an external view showing an example of a POS terminal, and FIG. 35B is a functional block diagram thereof. FIG. 36A is a flowchart showing an example of the subtraction process performed by the POS terminal, FIG. 36B is a flowchart showing an example of the edge point exchange process performed by the POS terminal, and FIG. It is a flowchart showing an example of the edge point provision process which a management apparatus performs. FIG. 37 is a functional block diagram of the electronic money server and the point management device. FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on the display of the electronic money server, where (a) is a financial institution setting screen and (b) is a privilege setting screen. FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of the contents stored in the mobile phone DB stored in the electronic money server. FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating an example of storage contents of the electronic money DB stored in the electronic money server. FIG. 41 is a diagram illustrating an example of storage contents of an issue history DB stored in the electronic money server. FIG. 42 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on the display of the point management device, where (a) is a member store setting screen, (b) is a point grant rate setting screen, and (c) is a point grant upper limit setting screen. , (D) is a notification upper limit number setting screen, and (e) is a point exchange rate setting screen. FIG. 43 is a diagram illustrating an example of stored contents of the point member information DB stored in the point management apparatus. FIG. 44 is a diagram showing an example of the stored contents of the use point DB stored in the point management device. (A) is given to the member card registered for the point member and the electronic money medium associated with the member card. (B) is a data table for managing potential use points assigned to an electronic money medium not associated with a membership card. FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of the stored contents of the charge point DB stored in the point management device, where (a) is a charge point given to an electronic money medium registered as a point member, and (b) is an unregistered electronic device. It is a data table which manages the potential charge point given to a money medium. FIG. 46 is a diagram illustrating an example of the storage contents of the DB stored by the point management device, where (a) is the end point DB, (b) is the lottery information DB, and (c) is the product information DB. FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing an example of the point member registration process performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating an example of a membership card takeover process performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an example of charge point transfer in the first electronic money medium transfer process performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating an example of the transfer of used points in the first electronic money medium transfer process performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating an example of charge point transfer in the second electronic money medium transfer process performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 52 is a diagram illustrating an example of the use point transfer in the second electronic money medium transfer process performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 53 is a diagram illustrating an example of a first additional registration process (when an electronic money medium ID is added to a registered member card ID) performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 54 is a diagram illustrating an example of a second additional registration process (when a member card ID is added to a registered electronic money medium ID) performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 55 is a diagram illustrating an example of processing for determining the type of points to be given in the point grant processing performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 56 is a diagram illustrating an example of use point giving processing performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 57 is a diagram illustrating an example of charge point provision processing performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 58 is a flowchart illustrating an example of privilege electronic money issue request processing performed by the point management device. FIG. 59 is a flowchart showing an example of point use processing performed by the point management apparatus. FIG. 60 is a diagram illustrating an example of a point use screen displayed on the display of the mobile phone or PC owned by the user or the point member terminal. FIG. 61 is a flowchart showing an example of privilege electronic money issue processing. FIG. 62 is an overall view showing an example of an electronic money system including an electronic money server and a point management device according to the second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 63A is an external view showing an example of a reservation confirmation terminal, and FIG. 63B is a functional block diagram thereof. FIG. 64 is a diagram showing an example of the storage contents of a DB stored in the prize management device, where (a) is a reservation information DB and (b) is a delivery information DB. FIG. 65 is a flowchart showing an example of a prize exchange process in the second embodiment. FIG. 66A is a flowchart illustrating an example of the subtraction process performed by the POS terminal according to the second embodiment, and FIG. 66B is a flowchart illustrating an example of the edge point exchange process performed by the reservation confirmation terminal.

Explanation of symbols

1 ... Electronic money system 2 ... Membership card 3 ... Electronic money card 4 ... Mobile phone 5 ... PC
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine 20 ... Ball lending unit 20 '... Simple ball lending unit 30 ... Electronic money card issue collection machine 40 ... Electronic money charge machine 41 ... Communication part 42 ... Control part 43 ... Display 50 ... Point member terminal 60 ... Hall Computer 62 ... Counter 63 ... POS terminal 80 ... Electronic money server 81 ... Communication unit 82 ... Control unit 83 ... Display 84 ... Input device 85 ... Hard disk 90 ... Point management device 91 ... Communication unit 92 ... Control unit 93 ... Display 94 ... Input device 95 ... hard disk 100A ... financial institution server 100B (of financial institution A used by the user) ... financial institution server 110 (of financial institution B used by the card company) 110 ... remote issuing server

Claims (3)

Point granting means for granting points according to charge of electronic money to an electronic money medium owned by a user and / or use of electronic money charged to the electronic money medium;
Provision of a privilege for providing a privilege corresponding to the predetermined number of points to a user who owns the electronic money medium on the condition that the points given to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points Privilege providing means for processing,
An electronic money system comprising:
Reference game medium number setting means for setting a reference game medium number that is the number of game media necessary for exchange with a specific prize;
Within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media that is less than the reference game media number set by the reference game media number setting means is converted into the points corresponding to the number of remaining game media. Point conversion means to
Point addition processing means for performing point addition processing for adding the points converted by the point conversion means to the points given to the electronic money medium;
An upper limit value setting means for setting an upper limit value of points to be given in a predetermined period by the point giving means,
The point giving means gives the point within the range of the upper limit set by the upper limit setting means, while the point conversion means converts the point without being limited to the upper limit value. A featured electronic money system. Point granting means for granting points according to charge of electronic money to an electronic money medium owned by a user and / or use of electronic money charged to the electronic money medium;
Provision of a privilege for providing a privilege corresponding to the predetermined number of points to a user who owns the electronic money medium on the condition that the points given to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points Privilege providing means for processing,
An electronic money system comprising:
Reference game medium number setting means for setting a reference game medium number that is the number of game media necessary for exchange with a specific prize;
Within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media that is less than the reference game media number set by the reference game media number setting means is converted into the points corresponding to the number of remaining game media. Point conversion means to
Point addition processing means for performing point addition processing for adding the points converted by the point conversion means to the points given to the electronic money medium,
The privilege providing means performs a process for issuing privileged electronic money corresponding to the predetermined number of points as the privilege providing process,
The electronic money system is:
A setting means for accepting an input for setting a privilege issuance condition for issuing the privilege electronic money from an operator, and setting the privilege issuance condition in advance;
The second deposit account of the operating organization is provided from the first deposit account that is provided in the operating organization of the privilege providing means and receives the operator's operation and receives the privilege issuing funds without accepting the operator's operation. A fund transfer request transmitting means for transmitting a fund transfer request, which is information requesting to transfer funds corresponding to the privilege electronic money, to a financial institution server of a financial institution in which the first deposit account is provided; Further comprising
The privilege providing means satisfies the set privilege issue condition on condition that a fund transfer completion notification indicating that the funds transfer for the fund transfer request transmitted by the fund transfer request transmitting unit is completed is received. An electronic money system for issuing the privileged electronic money to the electronic money medium possessed by a user. Point granting means for granting points according to charge of electronic money to an electronic money medium owned by a user and / or use of electronic money charged to the electronic money medium;
Provision of a privilege for providing a privilege corresponding to the predetermined number of points to a user who owns the electronic money medium on the condition that the points given to the electronic money medium have reached a predetermined number of points Privilege providing means for processing,
An electronic money system comprising:
Reference game medium number setting means for setting a reference game medium number that is the number of game media necessary for exchange with a specific prize;
Within the range of the number of game media acquired by the user, the number of remaining game media that is less than the reference game media number set by the reference game media number setting means is converted into the points corresponding to the number of remaining game media. Point conversion means to
Point addition processing means for performing point addition processing for adding the points converted by the point conversion means to the points given to the electronic money medium,
The electronic money medium includes a recording medium issued to the user,
The electronic money system is:
A recording medium recovery means for recovering the recording medium;
Characterized in that it further comprises usable processing means for performing processing for enabling the recording medium collecting means to be used without invalidating the points given to the recording medium when the recording medium is collected by the recording medium collecting means. Electronic money system.

Images